/raid1/www/Hosts/bankrupt/TCR_Public/210604.mbx          T R O U B L E D   C O M P A N Y   R E P O R T E R

              Friday, June 4, 2021, Vol. 25, No. 154

                            Headlines

203 HARRISON STREET: Gets OK to Hire Marcus & Millichap as Broker
381 BROADWAY REALTY: Court Nixes Disclosure Statement
413-421 20TH STREET: Lender Seeks Case Dismissal or Trustee
4354 PINEVIEW DRIVE: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
4712 MEADOWS ROAD: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee

ADAMIS PHARMACEUTICALS: Receives Deficiency Letter From Nasdaq
AIRCASTLE LIMITED: Fitch Gives BB+(EXP) Rating on $400MM Shares
ALL WHEEL DRIVE: Wins Cash Collateral Access Thru June 14
ALLERGY AND ASTHMA: Taps Richard B. Rosenblatt as Legal Counsel
ASCENA RETAIL: UST Loses Bid to Stay Plan Releases Pending Appeal

ATLANTA METRO: Seeks Approval to Hire Danowitz Legal as Counsel
AUTOMOTORES GILDEMEISTER: Prepack Plan, Disclosures Get Court Nod
AVADIM HEALTH: Files for Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection
AZZIL GRANITE: Unsecs. to Recoup 23.49% Under Liquidation Plan
BABCOCK & WILCOX: Gets $10.7M From Stock Sale to Underwriters

BESTWALL LLC: Subpoenas Served on 9 Asbestos Trusts Quashed
BRAD RAGAN RECYCLING: Taps Darren Mexic as Bankruptcy Attorney
BRIGHT MOUNTAIN: Gets $1.5M More Under Centre Lane Credit Facility
BYRNA TECHNOLOGIES: Proposes Public Offering of Common Stock
CAN B CORP: Issues $1.5M Convertible Promissory Notes to Investors

CARETRUST REIT: Fitch Assigns BB+ Rating on New Unsecured Notes
CARLA'S PASTA: Unsecureds Will Get Up to 4% in Plan After Sale
CINEMARK USA: Fitch Assigns 'B' Rating on New Unsecured Notes
CLEANSPARK INC: Signs $500M Offering Agreement With H.C. Wainwright
CONNECTIONS COMMUNITY: Committee Taps Polsinelli as Legal Counsel

CRAVE BRANDS: Unsecureds to Be Paid in Full in 4 Months
CRED INC: Court Sets Jail-Risk Deadline for Former CFO
CTI BIOPHARMA: Reports $17.3M Net Loss for Quarter Ended March 31
CYPRUS MINES: Insurers Push Back on Claims Rep. Pick
DECO-USA: Unsecureds to Recoup Allowed Claims in 12 Months

DORIAN LPG: Posts $92.56 Million Net Income in Fiscal 2021
DOUBLE EAGLE III: Fitch Withdraws 'B' IDR Amid Notes Redemption
EAGLE HOSPITALITY: Fights Bid to Have Singapore Cases Dismissed
EASTERN PACIFIC: Gets OK to Hire Tepfer & Tepfer as Special Counsel
EHT US1: BofA Loses Bid to Dismiss Singapore Debtors' Cases

ELECTRO SALES: Gets OK to Hire RE/MAX New Heights as Broker
EMERALD GRANDE: Court Nixes Suit over Botched Hotel Sale
ENERGY TRANSFER: Fitch Assigns BB Rating on Preferred Units
EPIC ARCADES: Taps Hoyt, Filippetti & Malaghan as Accountant
EVEREST REAL ESTATE: Mackey Files 5th Ombudsman Report

EVOKE PHARMA: Obtains Patent for Gimoti Nasal Spray From USPTO
FLORIDA HOMESITE: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS: Hires New CFO After Chapter 11 Exit
FUTURUM COMMUNICATIONS: Seeks Cash Collateral Access Thru June 28
GBT TECHNOLOGIES: Issues $106K Convertible Note to Redstart

GENCANNA GLOBAL: Insurers Directed to Produce Docs
GOGO INC: All Five Proposals Approved at Annual Meeting
H&S EXPRESS: Amended Plan, Disclosure Statement Win Court OK
HANNON ARMSTRONG: Fitch Affirms 'BB+' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
HELIUS MEDICAL: Board Grants Special Stock Option Award to CEO

HORSE BUTTE EQUESTRIAN: Amy Mitchell Named Subchapter V Trustee
HOSPITALITY INVESTORS: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
INFRASTRUCTURE AND ENERGY: Fitch Raises IDR to 'B', Outlook Stable
J.C. PENNEY CO: Turns Over $105 Mil. Clayton Warehouse to Trustee
JACQUELINE K. PIETERSE: Judgment Creditors' Rep Dropped from Suit

JDS FOURTH AVENUE: Owner Files for Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection
JOHN MCDONNELL MCPHERSON: Arbitration Proceedings Can Continue
LUMEN TECHNOLOGIES: Fitch Rates $1BB Notes Due 2029 'BB'
MERCY HOSPITAL: New Owner to Invest $50 Million
MIND TECHNOLOGY: Reports Fiscal 2022 First Quarter Results

MKS REAL ESTATE: Unsecs. to Recoup 100% in 60 Mos. at $60K Monthly
MOHEGAN TRIBAL: Ray Pineault Appointed as President, CEO
MUSCLEPHARM CORP: Appoints New Independent Board Member
NATURALSHRIMP INC: Buys 980,000 NAS Shares From F&T Water
NINE POINT: Asks Court to Grant $157.1 Mil. Priority Claim

NINE POINT: May Reject Caliber Accord, Court Says
NORTHERN OIL: Inks Third Amendment to Wells Fargo Credit Facility
O'KIEFFE FAMILY: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
O.P. INVESTMENT: Unsecureds at $15K or Less to Recoup 80% In Plan
OFS INT'L: Gets Court Clearance for $16.5 Million Bankruptcy Loan

ORIGIN AGRITECH: Posts $600K Net Loss in First Half of FY 2021
ORIGINAL RIVERFRONT: Seeks Cash Collateral Access
PARADISE REDEVELOPMENT: Seeks to Tap Stanley A. Zlotoff as Counsel
PARAGON OFFSHORE: Balks at $90 Million U.S. Trustee Payment Deal
PARKLAND CORP: Fitch Rates CAD-Denominated Unsec. Notes 'BB'

PRECISION DRILLING: Fitch Rates New Unsecured Notes Due 2029 'B+'
PROOFPOINT INC: Fitch Assigns FirstTime 'B' IDR, Outlook Stable
PURDUE PHARMA: Court Okays to Send Plan to Creditors for Vote
PURDUE PHARMA: Genesee Suit v McKinsey Stayed Pending JPML Ruling
QUOTIENT LIMITED: Provides Q4, Full Year Fiscal 2021 Results

REGIONAL AMBULANCE: Seeks to Hire Fuller Frost as Accountant
RT DEVELOPMENT: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
SC SJ HOLDINGS: Fairmont San Jose Cleared to Seek Plan Votes
SM ENERGY: Stockholders Approve All Proposals at Annual Meeting
STA VENTURES: Seeks to Hire Hudson & Marshall as Auctioneer

TELKONET INC: All Three Proposals Passed at Annual Meeting
TRANSOCEAN LTD: All 12 Proposals Approved at Annual Meeting
UNITED METHODIST HOMES: Fitch Lowers 2013/2014A Bonds to 'BB+'
UNIVERSAL HEALTH CARE: Ruling in Advanzeon Contract Row Upheld
VALENTINA CAPITAL: Seeks to Hire Spencer Fane as Legal Counsel

WATERLOO AFFORDABLE: Seeks to Hire Marcus & Millichap as Broker
WB SUPPLY: Committee Seeks to Hire Sullivan Hazeltine as Co-Counsel
WILLIAMS TRANSPORTATION: Lender Seeks to Prohibit Cash Access
WILSON COLLEGE: Fitch Alters Outlook on 'BB' IDR to Stable
[^] BOOK REVIEW: Mentor X


                            *********

203 HARRISON STREET: Gets OK to Hire Marcus & Millichap as Broker
-----------------------------------------------------------------
203 Harrison Street Limited Partnership received approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Nebraska to employ
Oakbrook Terrace, Ill.-based real estate broker Marcus & Millichap
Real Estate Investment Services.

The Debtor requires a real estate broker to list and sell a 72-unit
apartment located at 203 Harrison St., Boone, Iowa, and a 101-unit
facility owned by an affiliate in Waterloo, Iowa.

Marcus & Millichap will get a commission of 4 percent of the sales
price.

Scott Harris, senior vice president of Marcus & Millichap,
disclosed in a court filing that his firm does not represent
interests adverse to Debtor and its estate.

The firm can be reached through:

     Scott D. Harris
     Marcus & Millichap
     One Mid-America Plaza, Suite 200
     Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181
     Office: (630) 570-2200

                   About 203 Harrison Street LP

Omaha-based 203 Harrison Street Limited Partnership is primarily
engaged in renting and leasing real estate properties.

203 Harrison Street filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. D. Neb.
Case No. 19-81060) on July 22, 2019.  At the time of the filing,
the Debtor had between $1 million and $10 million in both assets
and liabilities.  Judge Thomas L. Saladino oversees the case.  The
Law Office of Robert V. Ginn serves as the Debtor's bankruptcy
counsel.


381 BROADWAY REALTY: Court Nixes Disclosure Statement
-----------------------------------------------------
Judge Martin Glenn denied approval of the Amended Disclosure
Statement of 381 Broadway Realty Corp, enumerating the following
reasons:

   1. The May 21 Disclosure Statement is unclear on the claims and
amounts that the Secured Lender is agreeing to pay and the source
of funds from which the payments will be made.  

   2. It is unclear whether the payments by the Senior Lender for
New York City secured and priority tax claims are separate and
apart from the $215,000 Senior Lender Contribution that is "deemed
transferred" to the Plan Administrator on the Effective Date.

A fair reading of the May 21 Disclosure Statement is that those
items that the Senior Lender is agreeing to pay directly are
separate from the $215,000 Senior Lender Contribution.  Creditors,
particularly unsecured creditors, (and the Court) are entitled to
clarity about the amount that will be available for distribution by
the Trustee or Plan Administrator.

   3. On page 12, "(ii) Class 2—General Unsecured Claims," the
numbers do not compute correctly, and there is no indication
whether the Trustee agrees that the $255,833.51 claim of a party
who did not receive notice of  the bar date should be allowed.  The
two amounts listed, "$77,465" and "$255,833.51" do not total
"$326,860.10".  Rather, the total is $333,298.51.

   4. The disclosure about the IRS claim, as to which an objection
has been filed, is inadequate.  Claim number 1 filed by the IRS
seeks a total of $83,752.42, of which $77,313.45 is claimed to be
priority.  This is not explained in the May 21 Disclosure
Statement.

   5. It appears that the Trustee or Plan Administrator and not the
Secured Lender will be responsible under the Plan to pay any
Priority Taxes owed to the IRS.  

The Disclosure Statement needs to explain more clearly what amounts
and to whom payments are to be made by the Secured Lender, and what
amounts and to whom payments are to be made by the Trustee or Plan
Administrator.  A fair reading of the May 21 Disclosure Statement
does not provide unsecured creditors who will be asked to vote on
the Plan an understanding of what, if any, distribution they may
receive if the Plan is confirmed.

   6. On page 17, in "H. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases,"
the May 21 Disclosure Statement should explain whether the Trustee
believes whether any rejection damages claims may be asserted.

Judge Glenn disclosed that the Trustee's Objection to Claim No. 1
of the IRS is noticed for hearing on June 17, 2021, with a response
deadline of June 10, 2021.

Judge Glenn said that if the IRS claim is allowed, the Debtor is
administratively insolvent, and the proposed Plan is unconfirmable
as a matter of law unless the Secured Lender increases the amount
of the Secured Lender Contribution.  

If the case is administratively insolvent, it will result in the
conversion of the Debtor's case to a case under Chapter 7.  The
Secured Lender can then move to lift the automatic stay to permit
it to file (or resume) a state court foreclosure action, he added.

Judge Glenn pointed out that the Court will not approve a
disclosure statement in the Debtor's case until the objection to
the IRS claim is resolved.  The Trustee will have to file a further
amended disclosure statement even if the Trustee's objection to the
IRS claim is sustained.

A copy of the order is available for free at https://bit.ly/3puBM2t
from PacerMonitor.com.


                     About 381 Broadway Realty

381 Broadway Realty Corp. is a single asset real estate debtor (as
defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101(51B)).  It owns a real property
worth $19 million, which is located at 381 Broadway, N.Y.

381 Broadway Realty filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. S.D.N.Y.
Case No. 20-12605) on Nov. 6, 2020.  At the time of the filing, the
Debtor disclosed $19,021,000 in total assets and $23,119,091 in
total liabilities.

Goldberg Weprin Finkel Goldstein LLP, led by Kevin J. Nash, Esq.,
is the Debtor's legal counsel.

Gregory Messer is the Chapter 11 trustee appointed in the Debtor's
bankruptcy case.  The Trustee is represented by LaMonica Herbst &
Maniscalco, LLP.


413-421 20TH STREET: Lender Seeks Case Dismissal or Trustee
-----------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee for Morgan
Stanley Capital I Trust 2019-H7, Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through
Certificates, Series 2019-H7, asks the Bankruptcy Court for relief
from the automatic stay in the Chapter 11 case of 413-421 20th
Street LLC or, in the alternative, to dismiss the Debtor's case or
appoint a Chapter 11 trustee.

Wells Fargo is the assignee of a more than $8,000,000 loan the
Debtor obtained in May 2019.

The Debtor's sole property is a warehouse facility, and its sole
source of income is leasing that Property to a tenant who is an
insider of the Debtor.  After the tenant stopped paying rent, the
Debtor defaulted on the loan by failing to pay the Lender.  The
Lender, recognizing the Debtor's challenges arising from the
pandemic, sent a draft agreement to the Debtor in which Lender
offered to extend payment dates and waive default interest.  Rather
than accepting the agreement or proposing a revised version of that
agreement, the Debtor filed its Chapter 11 case.  

"The Debtor has no income with which to fund reorganization.  The
case is administratively insolvent, and Lender has already been
forced to advance postpetition insurance and real estate taxes.
The Debtor has no employees, only one asset, and only a very few
creditors (in its original bankruptcy schedules, the Debtor
asserted that Lender was its sole creditor).  This case presents a
classic bad faith filing," Morgan C. Fiander, Esq., at Polsinelli
PC, counsel to the Lender, noted.

After the Debtor filed its Chapter 11 case, the Lender learned that
the Debtor made serious misrepresentations in the Loan Agreement.
To obtain the Loan, the Debtor, through its principal, Thomas
McCloskey, made significant representations concerning the Debtor's
financial status and its status as a "special purpose bankruptcy
remote entity," Mr. Fiander disclosed.

Mr. Fiander said the Debtor falsely represented it was a "Special
Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity" as required under the Loan
Agreement.  For example, the Debtor represented it did not owe any
debts other than minimal routine monthly debts to trade vendors.
That representation was false: The Debtor has admitted in this
Chapter 11 case that it owed a $250,000 construction loan from 2016
and a $200,000 construction loan from 2017 at the time it obtained
the Loan from Lender.  The Debtor has concealed those construction
loans from the Lender after the Lender made its Loan by sending
financial statements did not list those loans, Mr. Fiander added.

Mr. Fiander emphasized that the circumstances in the Debtor's case
strongly support dismissal.  The Debtor did not file a plan of
reorganization within the timeframe required by Section 362(d)(3)
of the Bankruptcy Code, and does not have any reasonable chance of
presenting a confirmable plan.

Accordingly, the Lender asks the Court to:

   (a) enter an Order granting relief from the automatic stay to
allow the Lender to seek the appointment of a receiver to take
possession of the Property and otherwise exercise its rights under
the Loan Documents, including its rights to possession of the
rents, to realize on its collateral, including taking action to
foreclose its lien on the Property and other collateral securing
the Loan; or in the alternative,

   (b) enter an Order dismissing the bankruptcy case.

The Lender also asks the Court to enter an order appointing a
Chapter 11 Trustee if the Court does not dismiss the Debtor's
case.

A copy of the motion is available for free at
https://bit.ly/34NuqgA from PacerMonitor.com.

A telephonic hearing on the motion will be held on July 27, 2021 at
11 a.m. (ET).  Written objects are due by July 6.

Attorneys for Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee
for Morgan Stanley Capital I Trust 2019-H7, Commercial Mortgage
Passthrough Certificates, Series 2019-H7:

     Morgan C. Fiander, Esq.
     POLSINELLI PC
     600 Third Avenue, 42nd Floor
     New York, NY 10016
     Telephone: (212) 684-0199
     Email: mfiander@polsinelli.com

             - and -

     David D. Ferguson, Esq.
     POLSINELLI PC
     900 West 48th Place, Suite 900
     Kansas City, MO 64112
     Telephone: (816) 360-4311
     Email: dferguson@polsinelli.com

                   About 413-421 20th Street LLC

413-421 20th Street LLC owns a warehouse facility.  It filed a
Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. E.D. N.Y. Case No. 21-40515) on
February 26, 2021.

On the Petition Date, the Debtor disclosed $10,648,000 in total
assets and $6,400,000 in estimated liabilities.  The petition was
signed by Thomas McCloskey, general member of TKS Group LLC.

Judge Nancy Hershey Lord is assigned to the case.  ROSENBERG MUSSO
& WEINER, LLP is the Debtor's counsel.



4354 PINEVIEW DRIVE: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
-------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 21 on June 1 disclosed in a court
filing that no official committee of unsecured creditors has been
appointed in the Chapter 11 case of The 4354 Pineview Drive Land
Trust.
  
             About The 4354 Pineview Drive Land Trust

The 4354 Pineview Drive Land Trust sought protection for relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No.
21-53482) on May 3, 2021, listing under $1 million in both assets
and liabilities.  Judge Paul Baisi oversees the case.  Kumar,
Prabhu, Patel & Banerjee, LLC represents the Debtor as legal
counsel.


4712 MEADOWS ROAD: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
-----------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 21 on June 1 disclosed in a court
filing that no official committee of unsecured creditors has been
appointed in the Chapter 11 case of The 4712 Meadows Road Land
Trust.
  
              About The 4712 Meadows Road Land Trust

The 4712 Meadows Road Land Trust sought protection for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No.
21-53483) on May 3, 2021, listing under $1 million in both assets
and liabilities. Judge Paul Baisier oversees the case.  Kumar,
Prabhu, Patel & Banerjee, LLC serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


ADAMIS PHARMACEUTICALS: Receives Deficiency Letter From Nasdaq
--------------------------------------------------------------
Adamis Pharmaceuticals Corporation received a standard notification
letter from the Listing Qualifications Department of The Nasdaq
Stock Market LLC notifying the Company that, because the Company
did not timely file its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
period ended March 31, 2021, the Company is no longer in compliance
with NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5250(c)(1), which requires timely
filing of periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

The Notice also indicated that the Company has 60 calendar days to
submit a plan to regain compliance and, if NASDAQ accepts the plan,
NASDAQ can grant an exception of up to 180 calendar days from the
Filing's due date to regain compliance.  The Company may regain
compliance at any time during this 180-day period upon filing with
the SEC its Form 10-Q, as well as all subsequent required periodic
financial reports that are due within that period.  If NASDAQ does
not accept the Company's plan, the Company will have the
opportunity to appeal that decision to a NASDAQ Hearings Panel.
The Notice was issued in accordance with standard NASDAQ procedures
and has no immediate effect on the listing of the Company's common
stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

                   About Adamis Pharmaceuticals

Adamis Pharmaceuticals Corporation --
http://www.adamispharmaceuticals.com-- is a specialty
biopharmaceutical company primarily focused on developing and
commercializing products in various therapeutic areas, including
respiratory disease, allergy and opioid overdose.  The company's
SYMJEPI (epinephrine) Injection 0.3mg and SYMJEPI (epinephrine)
Injection 0.15mg products were approved by the FDA for use in the
emergency treatment of acute allergic reactions, including
anaphylaxis.

Adamis reported a net loss of $49.39 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $27.51 million for the
year ended Dec. 31, 2019. As of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company had
$30.87 million in total assets, $27.37 million in total
liabilities, and $3.50 million in total stockholders' equity.

San Diego, California-based BDO USA, LLP, the Company's auditor
since 2020, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated April 15, 2021, citing that the Company has suffered
recurring losses from operations and has a net capital deficiency
that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a
going concern.


AIRCASTLE LIMITED: Fitch Gives BB+(EXP) Rating on $400MM Shares
----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned an expected rating of 'BB+(EXP)' to
Aircastle Limited's proposed issuance of up to $400 million of
fixed-rate reset perpetual cumulative preference shares.

The preference shares represent unsecured obligations, ranking
junior to and subordinated in right of payment to Aircastle's
current and future senior indebtedness. Distributions on the
preference shares are cumulative. Unless distributions have been
declared and paid on the preference shares, Aircastle may not
declare or pay distributions on its common shares except under
certain circumstances. The preference shares are perpetual and the
proceeds from the issuance will be used for general corporate
purposes.

Fitch has afforded the issuance 50% equity credit given the
cumulative nature of the distributions, the fact that the
preference shares are perpetual, and the lack of change of control
provisions and events of default.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

PREFERENCE SHARES

The expected rating is in accordance Fitch's 'Corporate Hybrids
Treatment and Notching Criteria' dated Nov. 12, 2020, and reflects
elevated loss severity, given the preference shares' deep
subordination and heightened risk of non-performance relative to
other obligations, namely unsecured debt. Per the criteria, hybrids
that qualify for equity credit are deeply subordinated and
typically rated at least two notches below the Issuer Default
Rating (IDR).

Aircastle may redeem the preference shares in whole or in part on
or after Sept. 2026, during the 90-day window before each five-year
reset date; However, shareholders will not have the right to
require the redemption or repurchase of the preference shares. The
issuer has the option to redeem the proposed preference shares in
full prior to the five-year optional redemption window, in case of
adverse rating agency treatment of the shares or following certain
tax events.

IDR AND SENIOR DEBT

Aircastle's current ratings reflect a combination of the credit
risk profile of Marubeni, Fitch's assessment of Aircastle's
strategic importance to Marubeni and Aircastle's standalone credit
risk profile. Fitch considers Aircastle to be a 'Strategically
Important' subsidiary of Marubeni, as defined under the agency's
'Non-Bank Financial Institutions Rating Criteria.' Under this
designation, Fitch may notch down from the institutional support
provider's rating by one to two notches, or, if it will result in a
higher rating, notch up by one from the standalone alone credit
risk profile of the subsidiary. Fitch does not publicly rate
Marubeni, but believes its credit profile does not serve as a
constraint to Aircastle's current ratings.

Fitch's view of Aircastle's strategic importance reflects
Marubeni's majority ownership of the company, at 75%, its long-term
commitment to the aviation leasing business and Aircastle more
specifically (having been an investor in and board member of
Aircastle since 2013), and the alignment of Aircastle's business
with the broader leasing activities undertaken by Marubeni and
Mizuho Leasing. Fitch believes that Aircastle bolsters Marubeni's
lease and finance businesses by increasing portfolio
diversification, despite being small relative to the broader
organization and operating in a different jurisdiction.

As a Japanese trading and investment business company, Marubeni is
not a regulated entity, which suggests capital support could
potentially flow to Aircastle without regulatory intervention. In
addition, Fitch expects Marubeni will have adequate ability to
support Aircastle's possible capital needs given its small size
(approximately 12%) relative to the assets of the combined entities
and Marubeni's solid FCF and liquidity.

Fitch assessment of Aircastle's standalone risk profile
incorporates the company's established market position as a lessor
of midlife and older commercial aircraft; management's commitment
to maintain net debt to tangible equity in the range of 2.5x to
3.0x; a largely unsecured funding profile with a high proportion of
unencumbered assets; lower order book purchase commitments relative
to peers; and strong liquidity and historical cash flow metrics.

Fitch expects Aircastle's debt to tangible common equity ratio will
improve to up to 2.8x pro forma for the preference share issuance
down from 3.0x at the end of fiscal 2021 ended on Feb. 28, 2021.
This will reduce the firm's leverage to the mid-point of its
targeted leverage range.

The Stable Outlook reflects Fitch's expectation that Aircastle's
role as a strategically important subsidiary of Marubeni will not
change substantially. The Outlook is also consistent with Fitch's
expectation for a stable credit profile of Marubeni, including
maintaining consistent operational and financial strategies at the
Aircastle level.

In accordance with Fitch Ratings' policies, the issuer appealed and
provided additional information to Fitch Ratings that resulted in a
rating action that is different than the original rating committee
outcome.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

IDR, SENIOR DEBT AND PREFERREDPREFERENCE SHARES

The rating on the preference shares is primarily sensitive to
changes in Fitch's view of Aircastle's IDR and is expected to move
in tandem. However, the preference shares rating could be
downgraded by an additional notch to reflect further structural
subordination should the firm consider hybrid issuances that will
rank senior to the preference shares.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade on Aircastle's IDR:

-- Some combination of a material improvement the credit profile
    of Marubeni;

-- A positive change in Fitch's assessment of Aircastle's
    strategic importance to Marubeni such that Aircastle is deemed
    to be a 'core' subsidiary of Marubeni;

-- An improvement in Aircastle's standalone credit profile.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade on Aircastle's IDR:

-- Deterioration in Marubeni's credit profile or if Fitch's
    assessment of Marubeni's willingness or ability to provide
    timely support to Aircastle changes. This could include a
    material reduction in Marubeni's liquidity or cash flow
    generation, or a material weakening in Aircastle's stand-alone
    credit risk profile, any of which could reduce Marubeni's
    ability to extend support to Aircastle;

-- A reduction in Marubeni's ownership to below 75% combined with
    more significant influence of Mizuho Leasing on Aircastle
    could reflect a reduced willingness to extend support to
    Aircastle, and, therefore, negatively affect ratings.
    Depending on the nature of these circumstances, Fitch could
    widen the institutional support notching or remove
    institutional support altogether, the latter of which would
    result in Aircastle being rated based on its stand-alone
    credit risk profile.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Financial Institutions and
Covered Bond issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario
(defined as the 99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in
a positive direction) of three notches over a three-year rating
horizon; and a worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative
direction) of four notches over three years. The complete span of
best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating
categories ranges from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario
credit ratings are based on historical performance.

PUBLIC RATINGS WITH CREDIT LINKAGE TO OTHER RATINGS

Aircastle's ratings are based on Fitch's assessment of
institutional support provided by parent, Marubeni, and Aircastle's
standalone credit profile.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


ALL WHEEL DRIVE: Wins Cash Collateral Access Thru June 14
---------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Texas has
authorized All Wheel Drive Tuning, Inc. to use cash collateral on
an interim basis through June 14, 2021, to pay for necessary
expenses and be able to operate its business, complete the
work-in-process and service obligations currently in progress, and
service additional clients.  Without the use of cash collateral,
the Debtor said it would be not be able to remain open and
subsequently reorganize.

The Debtor owes Frost Bank approximately $80,000.  The Frost Claim
is collateralized by the Debtor's personal property which would
constitute cash collateral, such as accounts, work in process,
inventory, as well as other assets, which are estimated to be
$50,000.  Other creditors who assert security interests in the
Debtor's collateral have claims that are junior to the Frost
Claim.

The Court finds that Frost Bank is adequately protected during the
term of the Interim Order and that use of cash collateral is
necessary to realize the value of the collateral and future
revenue, and to avoid irreparable harm to the Debtor.

A continued and final hearing on the Debtor's Motion is set for
June 14 at 9:30 a.m.

A copy of the order is available for free at https://bit.ly/3fLXnzT
from PacerMonitor.com.

                   About All Wheel Drive Tuning

All Wheel Drive Tuning, Inc., owns and operates an automotive
repair and maintenance facility specializing in high performance
Subaru vehicles.  The business suffered reduced demand and
associated revenue due to the economic downturn and depressed
business environment resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic.  

All Wheel Drive Tuning sought protection under Chapter 11 (Bankr.
E.D. Tex. Case No. 21-40790) on May 27, 2021.

On the Petition Date, the Debtor estimated between $100,001 and
$500,000 in assets and between $500,001 and $1,000,000 in
liabilities.  Larry Keith Fields, president, signed the petition.

Judge Brenda T. Rhoades oversees the case.

SUSAN B. HERSH, P.C. is the Debtor's counsel.



ALLERGY AND ASTHMA: Taps Richard B. Rosenblatt as Legal Counsel
---------------------------------------------------------------
Allergy and Asthma Clinical Centers seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Maryland to hire the Law
Offices of Richard B. Rosenblatt, PC as its legal counsel.

The firm's services include:

     a. giving the Debtor legal advice with respect to its powers
and duties under the Bankruptcy Code;

     b. preparing legal papers;

     c. preparing a disclosure statement and Chapter 11 plan of
reorganization; and

     d. all other legal services necessary to administer the
Debtor's Chapter 11 case.

The firm will be paid at these rates:

     Richard B. Rosenblatt  $350 per hour
     Linda M. Dorney        $350 per hour
     Attorneys              $295 per hour
     Paralegal              $150 per hour

Richard Rosenblatt, Esq., disclosed in court filings that his firm
is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of Section 101(14)
of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Richard B. Rosenblatt, Esq.
     Linda M. Dorney, Esq.
     The Law Offices of Richard B. Rosenblatt, P.C.
     30 Courthouse Square, Suite 302
     Rockville, MD 20850
     Phone: (301) 838-0098
     Email: rrosenblatt@rosenblattlaw.com

            About Allergy and Asthma Clinical Centers

Allergy and Asthma Clinical Centers sought protection for relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Md. Case No.
21-13481) on May 25, 2021.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor
disclosed total assets of up to $50,000 and total liabilities of up
to $500,000.  Judge Maria Ellena Chavez-Ruark oversees the case.
The Law Offices of Richard B. Rosenblatt represents the Debtor as
legal counsel.


ASCENA RETAIL: UST Loses Bid to Stay Plan Releases Pending Appeal
-----------------------------------------------------------------
The Hon. Kevin R. Huennekens denied the request of the United
States Trustee for a stay of enforcement of the third-party
releases and exculpation clause pending his appeal from the order
confirming the Chapter 11 exit plan of Retail Group, Inc., f/k/a
Ascena Retail Group, Inc.

As previously reported by the Troubled Company Reporter, counsel
for the trustee argued at a hearing conducted virtually that there
is a reasonable chance another court will overturn Judge
Huennekens' finding that the Plan releases are permissible. But
Judge Huennekens questioned the argument that a stay on the
releases could be done without disrupting payments to Ascena's
creditors. "How do we just redline something out without affecting
everybody else? " he asked, according to a Law360 report.

In his May 28 Memorandum Opinion, Judge Huennekens held that the
Plan releases were granted on March 5, 2021, when the Plan became
effective, more than two months prior to the hearing. There is
nothing for the Court to stay pending appeal. But even assuming
arguendo there were, the U.S. Trustee, the judge said, has failed
to meet his burden of establishing any of the four elements
necessary for a stay pending appeal. The U.S. Trustee has not
demonstrated a likelihood of success on the merits. The balance of
the equities weighs heavily in favor of the Debtors and all other
economic stakeholders in these bankruptcy cases. The Trustee has
failed to show irreparable harm in the absence of a stay. All
evidence indicate that a stay would substantially harm all the
Debtors' creditors and other constituencies in these cases.
Finally, public interest weighs against a stay.

As of the Petition Date, Ascena had approximately $1.60 billion in
funded debt obligations. The indebtedness included approximately
$330 million in outstanding obligations under a $500 million senior
secured asset-based lending facility.  The Debtors also had
approximately $1.27 billion in senior secured term loan
obligations, with an August 21, 2022, maturity date.

As a result of negotiations with an ad hoc group of Term Lenders,
Ascena was able to obtain a Restructuring Support Agreement
supported by approximately 68% of the Term Lenders. The RSA would
provide for a comprehensive recapitalization of the company to be
implemented through a Chapter 11 plan of reorganization.

Accordingly, the Debtors commenced the bankruptcy cases
contemplating a balance-sheet restructuring with the support of a
majority of their Term Lenders. On the first day of the Bankruptcy
Cases, the Debtors laid out their strategy for reorganization as
envisioned by the RSA. The Term Lenders would substantially
equitize their debt and fully backstop $150 million new money
financing to fund the restructuring. The ABL Lenders would be paid
in full using cash on hand or proceeds from a new asset-based
lending exit credit facility. Holders of general unsecured claims
would receive their pro rata share from $500,000. Finally,
then-existing common equity in Ascena would be canceled. The
Debtors filed their Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization
reflecting the terms of the RSA on July 31, 2020.

A copy of the Bankruptcy Court's decision is available at
https://bit.ly/3g3lIAh from Leagle.com.

                  About Ascena Retail Group Inc.

Ascena Retail Group, Inc. -- http://www.ascenaretail.com/-- was a
leading specialty retailer for women and girls. It operated a
portfolio of recognizable brands, which included Ann Taylor, LOFT,
Lane Bryant, Catherines, Justice, Lou & Grey, and Cacique.

On July 23, 2020, Ascena Retail Group and its affiliates sought
Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. E.D. Va. Case No. 20-33113). As of
Feb. 1, 2020, Ascena Retail had $13,690,710,379 in assets and
$12,516,261,149 in total liabilities.  At the time of filing, it
had approximately 2,800 stores in the United States, Canada, and
Puerto Rico serving more than 12.5 million active customers and
employing nearly 40,000 employees.

The Hon. Kevin R. Huennekens is the case judge.

The Debtors tapped Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Cooley LLP as
bankruptcy counsel, Guggenheim Securities, LLC, as financial
Advisor, and Alvarez and Marsal North America, LLC as restructuring
advisor.  Prime Clerk, LLC, is the claims agent.

                            *    *    *

In September 2020, FullBeauty Brands Operations, LLC, won an
auction to acquire Ascena's Catherines intellectual property assets
for a base purchase price of $40.8 million and potential upward
adjustment for certain inventory.

In November 2020, Ascena won approval to sell the intellectual
property of its Justice Brand and other Justice brand assets to
Justice Brand Holdings LLC, an entity formed by Bluestar Alliance
LLC (a leading brand management company), for $90 million.

The Company continues to operate its Ann Taylor, LOFT, Lane Bryant,
and Lou & Grey brands as normal through a reduced number of retail
stores and online.


ATLANTA METRO: Seeks Approval to Hire Danowitz Legal as Counsel
---------------------------------------------------------------
Atlanta Metro Greater Builders, LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Georgia to employ
Danowitz Legal, PC as its bankruptcy counsel.

Danowitz Legal will render these legal services:

     (a) prepare or amend schedules;

     (b) represent the Debtor in contested matters and adversary
proceedings;

     (c) prepare a plan of reorganization and disclosure statement;
and

     (d) perform other matters which may arise during the
administration of the Debtor's Chapter 11 case.

The hourly rates of Danowitz Legal's attorneys and staff are as
follows:

     Edward F. Danowitz    $375 per hour
     Associate Attorney    $250 per hour
     Paralegals            $125 per hour

The firm has agreed to receive a pre-bankruptcy retainer of
$10,000.

Edward Danowitz, Esq., a member of Danowitz Legal, disclosed in a
court filing that his firm is a "disinterested person" as defined
in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:
     
     Edward F. Danowitz, Esq.
     Danowitz Legal, PC
     1640 Powers Ferry Road
     Building 24, Suite 350
     Marietta, GA 30067
     Telephone: (770) 933-0960
     Email: Edanowitz@DanowitzLegal.com
     
               About Atlanta Metro Greater Builders

Marletta, Ga.-based Atlanta Metro Greater Builders, LLC filed a
voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 21-54171) on May 31, 2021. Eric
Fair, managing member, signed the petition. At the time of the
filing, the Debtor had between $1 million and $10 million in both
assets and liabilities. Danowitz Legal, PC serves as the Debtor's
legal counsel.


AUTOMOTORES GILDEMEISTER: Prepack Plan, Disclosures Get Court Nod
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Lisa G. Beckerman confirmed the Joint Prepackaged Chapter 11
Plan of Reorganization of Automotores Gildemeister SpA and approved
its related Disclosure Statement.

Judge Beckerman ruled, based on the findings of facts and
conclusions of law, that:

  1. The Disclosure Statement complies in all respects with any
disclosure requirements of any applicable non-bankruptcy law, and
contains adequate information with respect to the Debtors, the Plan
and the transactions contemplated therein.

  2. The documents contained in the Plan Supplement, the execution,
delivery and performance thereof by the Debtors and the Reorganized
Debtors are authorized and approved.

  3. Upon the occurrence of the Plan Effective Date, the terms of
the Plan and the Plan Supplement shall be immediately effective and
enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors, the Reorganized
Debtors, the Depository Trust Company, applicable custodians,
applicable nominees, the Indenture Trustees, the Collateral Agent,
any other applicable trustee, all Holders of Claims or Interests,
all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements,
compromises, releases, discharges, and injunctions described in the
Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, and all
non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with
the Debtors.

  4. On the Plan Effective Date, all property in each Estate and
all Causes of Action, and any property acquired by or transferred
to any of the Debtors under the Plan (all of which transfers are
approved) shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor, free
and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances.

  5. On and after the Plan Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors
may operate their businesses and may use, acquire, or dispose of
property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes
of Action without supervision or approval by the Court and free of
any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules.

  6. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, in its capacity as
trustee for the 2021 8.25% Notes Indenture and 2023 Notes
Indenture, is authorized to change the minimum denominations for
notes issued thereunder from $100,000 to $1,000, consistent with
that certain letter from Automotores Gildemeister S.A. to DTC dated
December 21, 2015, and to transmit the change to DTC.  In such
connection, the Debtors are authorized to indemnify, hold harmless
and defend Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and DTC.

A copy of the Findings of Facts is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3ieubDg from PacerMonitor.com.

                  About Automotores Gildemeister

Headquartered in Santiago, Chile, Automotores Gildemeister SpA is
one of the largest car importers and distributors in Chile and Peru
operating a network of company-owned and franchised vehicle
dealerships.  Its principal car brand is Hyundai, for which it is
the sole importer in both of its markets.  For the last 12 months
ended June 30, 2020, AG reported consolidated net revenues of $770
million, of which 95.2% correspond to sales in Chile and Peru, its
key markets.

Automotores Gildemeister SpA and its affiliates sought Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 21-10685) in New York on April
12, 2021.  The Hon. Lisa G. Beckerman is the case judge.
Automotores was estimated to have $500 million to $1 billion in
assets and liabilities as of the bankruptcy filing.

The Debtors tapped Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP as
bankruptcy counsel; Cariola, Diez, Perez-Cotapos and Bruzzone &
Gonzalez Abogados as special Chilean counsel; Rothschild & Co Us
Inc. and Asesorias Financieras RP Spa as investment bankers; and
FTI Consulting Canada ULC as financial advisor.  Prime Clerk, LLC,
is the claims and noticing agent and administrative advisor.


AVADIM HEALTH: Files for Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection
---------------------------------------------------------
According to RKC, Avadim Health Inc., which makes topical foams,
sprays and towelettes under Theraworx, Phuel and Combat One brands,
filed for bankruptcy protection with secured lenders led by Hayfin
Capital Management LLP positioned as the lead bidders in a sale
process.

The Asheville, N.C.-based business filed for chapter 11 Monday in
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in Wilmington, Del., to sell itself after
a planned public offering in early 2020 was called off.  Despite
quadrupling sales in recent years, Avadim never turned a profit.

                        About Avadim Health

Avadim Health, Inc., a healthcare and wellness company, develops,
manufactures, and markets topical products for the institutional
care and consumer markets. The company was formerly known as Avadim
Technologies Inc and changed its name to Avadim Health, Inc. in
September 2018. Avadim Health, Inc. was founded in 2007 and is
based in Asheville, North Carolina.

Avadim Health Inc. sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. D. Del.
Case No. 21-10883) on June 1, 2021.  In the petition signed by CRO
Keith Daniels, Avadim estimated assets of between $10 million and
$50 million and estimated liabilities of between $100 million and
$500 million.  Laura Davis Jones Pachulski Stang of Ziehl & Jones
LLP is the Debtor's counsel.



AZZIL GRANITE: Unsecs. to Recoup 23.49% Under Liquidation Plan
--------------------------------------------------------------
Azzil Granite Materials, LLC, and Magnolia Associates, LLC, filed,
on May 28, 2021, a Second Amended Joint Disclosure Statement in
support of their Plan of Orderly Liquidation.

The Debtors were formed in connection with the January 2016
purchase of a 160-acre granite quarry property located at 9025
State Route 4, Whitehall, New York.  Magnolia Associates is the fee
owner of the real property and Azzil Granite is the licensed
operator for the Quarry.  Because of the numerous financial and
operational difficulties experienced by Azzil, Azzil found itself
with insufficient funding to continue normal operations. After
considering a number of alternatives, Azzil and Magnolia determined
to seek out a purchaser for the Quarry and its operations.

The Debtors were previously engaged in extensive negotiations with
U.S. Concrete to reach an agreement on the terms of a sale of the
assets of Magnolia and Azzil. U.S. Concrete advised that, because
of the outstanding debts of Azzil and Magnolia, U.S. Concrete would
only be prepared to purchase the assets of those companies through
a bankruptcy proceeding.  U.S. Concrete, however, terminated its
pursuit of the purchase of the assets of Debtors Azzil and
Magnolia.

The Debtors' Plan of Orderly Liquidation is the mechanism by which
the Quarry will be sold and the proceeds distributed to creditors,
pursuant to the priorities set forth in the Bankruptcy Code.  On
the Effective Date of the Plan, the assets of the Estate will vest
in the Liquidating Estate and the Plan Administrator will be
authorized to liquidate the Assets of the Debtor.

  Plan Funding

The funds utilized to make cash payments under the Plan will be
primarily generated from a sale of the Quarry and related assets
owned by the Debtors. The Quarry is the subject of remediation
efforts, being funded by Zurich American Insurance Company. The
Debtors believe that the value of the Quarry and related assets is
between $10,000,000 and $20,000,000.  In addition, the Debtors are
pursuing certain claims against New York and Atlantic Railroad and
related parties. This litigation is being handled on a contingency
fee basis and the Debtors expect a significant recovery on this
litigation.

  Unsecured Claims

Each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim in Class 2 shall
receive a Pro Rata share of the Net Estate Assets, which include
net proceeds from Causes of Action, following the payment in full
of all Allowed Administrative Claims, Allowed Claims in Class 1, if
any, and PostConfirmation Expenses.

The amounts that will be collected from the causes of action and
any other remaining assets of the estate is uncertain, as are the
amounts of Allowed Class 2 Claims.

The total of Unsecured Claims scheduled and filed is $72,238,322.
The Debtors believe that the actual claims against the Estate will
be much lower. A number of the larger claims are disputed and
appear to be duplicates and a portion of some of the larger claims
are contingent or unliquidated.  The Debtors are beginning a
comprehensive review of the claims filed and expect to be able to
provide a meaningful estimate of the claims against this Estate
prior to the time of confirmation of the Plan.  The Debtors
estimate that the allowed Unsecured Claims against the bankruptcy
estates will be in the range of $52,000,000.

Class 2 is Impaired and Holders of Class 2 Claims are entitled to
vote to accept or reject the Plan.

Chapter 11 Estimated Distribution to Creditors

  Gross proceeds
   from Sale of Property:         $17,000,000

  Net Sale Proceeds:              $16,000,000

  Minus repayment of
   Zurich post-petition loans:     $2,100,000

   Payment to J.R. Vinagro:          $684,556

  Net assets available:           $13,215,444

  Less administrative
   expenses and fees:              $1,000,000

  Net available for
   unsecured creditors:           $12,215,444

                                  $12,215,444
   divided by                     $52,000,000

  Recovery to Class 2 Claims           23.49%

J.R. Vinargo Corporation's claim for $684,556 consists of charges
for crushing services and other ancillary and incident equipment
and work performed on the Property.  Zurich has loaned the Debtors,
during the course of their Chapter 11 cases, approximately
$2,100,000, which is secured by a lien on the Property and a
superpriority administrative expense claim.

Upon the Effective Date of the Plan, Robert S. Dowd, Esq. shall be
appointed as Plan Administrator, subject to the approval of the
Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Confirmation Order

The deadline to file ballots to vote to accept or reject the Plan
is 4 p.m. on July 8, 2021.  

The deadline to file objections to the Plan is 4 p.m. on July 8,
2021.  

The hearing to consider confirmation of the Plan is on July 15,
2021 at 11 a.m.

A copy of the Second Amended Joint Disclosure Statement is
available for free at https://bit.ly/3vS4Pza from PacerMonitor.com.


                   About Azzil Granite Materials

Azzil Granite Materials LLC -- an affiliate of Hackettstown,
N.J.-based Lizza Equipment Leasing, LLC -- is a supplier of high
friction granite aggregates for the New York City and Long Island
market.  Magnolia Associates LLC, another affiliate of Lizza
Equipment Leasing, owns a 134-acre property with quarry located in
White Hall, N.Y., which is valued by the company at $15 million.  

On June 12, 2019, Lizza Equipment Leasing sought Chapter 11
protection, together with Azzil Granite Materials (Bankr. D.N.J
19-21764) and Magnolia Associates LLC (Bankr. D.N.J. 19-21766) in
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Jersey.  Their
cases are jointly administered under Lizza Equipment Leasing
(Bankr. D.N.J. Lead Case No. 19-21763).

In the petitions signed by Carl J. Lizza, co-managing member, Lizza
Equipment Leasing disclosed $90 in assets and liabilities of
$987,830; Azzil Granite Materials disclosed total assets of
$813,825 and total liabilities of $23,859,263; and Magnolia
Associates disclosed total assets of$15,317,480, and total
liabilities of $13,137,533.

Judge Michael B. Kaplan oversees the cases.

Daniel M. Stolz, Esq., at Wasserman Jurista & Stolz, P.C., is the
Debtors' bankruptcy counsel.

Lizza Equipment won confirmation of its Liquidating Plan on Nov. 6,
2020.


BABCOCK & WILCOX: Gets $10.7M From Stock Sale to Underwriters
-------------------------------------------------------------
Underwriters represented by B. Riley Securities, Inc. under its
agreement dated May 4, 2021, with Babcock & Wilcox Enterprises,
Inc. exercised their option to purchase 444,700 shares of preferred
stock of the Company.

The issuance of Preferred Stock was completed on May 26, 2021 and
the Company received net proceeds of $10,672,800 from the sale
pursuant to the Underwriters' option, after deducting underwriting
commission and expenses.

On May 7, 2021, the Company closed an underwritten public offering
of 4,000,000 shares of its 7.75% Series A Cumulative Perpetual
Preferred Stock.  The offering was conducted pursuant to the May 4
underwriting agreement.  Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement,
the Company granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 30
days, to purchase up to 600,000 additional shares of Preferred
Stock.

The shares of Preferred Stock sold pursuant to the Underwriters'
option were offered under to the Company's shelf registration
statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-255428) initially filed
with the Commission on April 22, 2020 and declared effective by the
Commission on April 30, 2021.  A final prospectus supplement
relating to the offering was filed with the Commission on May 6,
2021.

                      About Babcock & Wilcox

Headquartered in Akron, Ohio, Babcock & Wilcox Enterprises is a
growing, globally-focused renewable, environmental and thermal
technologies provider with decades of experience providing
diversified energy and emissions control solutions to a broad range
of industrial, electrical utility, municipal and other customers.
B&W's innovative products and services are organized into three
market-facing segments which changed in the third quarter of 2020
as part of the Company's strategic, market-focused organizational
and re-branding initiative to accelerate growth and provide
stakeholders improved visibility into its renewable and
environmental growth platforms.

Babcock & Wilcox reported net losses of $10.30 million in 2020,
$129.04 million in 2019, $724.86 million in 2018, $379.01 million
in 2017, and $115.08 million in 2016.  As of March 31, 2021, the
Company had $582.36 million in total assets, $777.80 million in
total liabilities, and a total stockholders' deficit of $195.44
million.


BESTWALL LLC: Subpoenas Served on 9 Asbestos Trusts Quashed
-----------------------------------------------------------
Delaware District Judge Colm F. Connolly granted the request of
nine asbestos settlement trusts to quash subpoenas, which have been
served upon them and the Delaware Claims Processing Facility, by
Bestwall LLC, seeking production of electronically stored claimant
information.

Judge Connolly acknowledged that Bestwell has demonstrated a
legitimate purpose in requesting the Claimant data to aid in plan
formulation and estimation proceedings, and the protections set in
place by the Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of North
Carolina, where Bestwall's Chapter 11 case is pending, will go a
long way toward protecting Trust Claimants' sensitive data.
However, Judge Connolly continued, Bestwell has not sought relief
from the bankruptcy court that issued the orders establishing and
governing the Settlement Trusts. It appears that additional
safeguards must be included in order to comply with previous
protections granted by the Delaware Bankruptcy Court in those
cases, including, but not limited to, appointment of an independent
facilitator to oversee production, he said.

The Motion to Quash is granted without prejudice to Bestwell's
right to seek reissuance of the subpoenas seeking a narrower
document production that is consistent with the protections
afforded by the Bankruptcy Court, Judge Connolly ruled.

Judge Connolly also denied Bestwall's Motion to Transfer
Proceedings and Supplemental Motion to Transfer Proceedings, which
together seek orders transferring all of the Motions to Quash to
the North Carolina Bankruptcy Court.

A copy of the District Court's June 1, 2021 Memorandum is available
at https://bit.ly/3ieerjV from Leagle.com.

The Trusts are:

     * Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Asbestos Personal Injury
Settlement Trust;
     * Celotex Asbestos Settlement Trust;
     * Flintkote Asbestos Trust;
     * Pittsburgh Corning Corporation Personal Injury Settlement
Trust;
     * WRG Asbestos PI Trust;
     * Federal-Mogul Asbestos Personal Injury Trust;
     * Babcock & Wilcox Company Asbestos PI Trust;
     * United States Gypsum Asbestos Personal Injury Settlement
Trust; and
     * Owens Corning/Fibreboard Asbestos Personal Injury Trust.

Beth Moskow-Schnoll -- moskowb@ballardspahr.com -- at Ballard Spahr
LLP in Wilmington, Del., serves as counsel to the Trusts.

                       About Bestwall LLC

Bestwall LLC -- http://www.Bestwall.com/-- was created in an
internal corporate restructuring and now holds asbestos
liabilities.  Bestwall's asbestos liabilities relate primarily to
joint systems products manufactured by Bestwall Gypsum Company, a
company acquired by Georgia-Pacific in 1965.  The former Bestwall
Gypsum entity manufactured joint compounds containing small amounts
of chrysotile asbestos. The manufacture of these
asbestos-containing products ceased in 1977.

Bestwall's non-debtor subsidiary, GP Industrial Plasters LLC
develops, manufactures, sells and distributes gypsum plaster
products.

Bestwall sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. W.D.N.C. Case No.
17-31795) on Nov. 2, 2017, in an effort to equitably and
permanently resolve all its current and future asbestos claims. The
Debtor estimated assets and debt of $500 million to $1 billion. It
has no funded indebtedness.

The Hon. Laura T. Beyer is the case judge.

The Debtor tapped Jones Day as general bankruptcy counsel, Robinson
Bradshaw & Hinson P.A. as local counsel, Schachter Harris LLP as
special litigation counsel for medicine science issues, King &
Spalding as special counsel for asbestos matters, and Bates White
LLC as asbestos consultant.  Donlin Recano LLC is the claims and
noticing agent.

On Nov. 8, 2017, the U.S. bankruptcy administrator appointed an
official committee of asbestos claimants in the Debtor's case.  The
committee retained Montgomery McCracken Walker & Rhoads LLP as its
legal counsel, Hamilton Stephens Steele + Martin, PLLC and JD
Thompson Law as local counsel, and FTI Consulting, Inc., as
financial advisor.

On Feb. 22, 2018, the court approved the appointment of Sander L.
Esserman as the future claimants' representative in the Debtor's
case.  Mr. Esserman tapped Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, LLP as
his legal counsel and Alexander Ricks PLLC as his North Carolina
counsel.



BRAD RAGAN RECYCLING: Taps Darren Mexic as Bankruptcy Attorney
--------------------------------------------------------------
Brad Ragan Recycling Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Kentucky to employ Darren Mexic,
Esq., an attorney practicing in White House, Tenn.

Mr. Mexic will render these services:

     (a) serve as attorney of record in all aspects of the Debtor's
Chapter 11 case except those for which a special counsel for
conflicts is employed, and in any adversary proceedings commenced
in connection with the case;

     (b) consult with the U.S. trustee, committee and its legal
counsel, creditors and other parties in interest concerning the
administration of the case;

     (c) take all necessary steps to protect and preserve the
Debtor's estate;

     (d) assist the Debtor in the plan confirmation process;

     (e) provide advice regarding the Debtor's business matters;
and

     (f) provide all other legal services required by the Debtor
and assist the Debtor in discharging its duties in connection with
its bankruptcy case.

The attorney will be paid at the rate of $175 per hour.

Mr. Mexic disclosed in a court filing that he is a "disinterested
person" as defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Mr. Mexic can be reached at:

     Darren K. Mexic, Esq.
     P.O. Box 594
     White House, TN 37188
     Tel: 270-418-9633
     Email: darren@darrenmexiclaw.com

                    About Brad Ragan Recycling

Brad Ragan Recycling Inc., a Glasgow, Ky.-based manufacturer of
rubber products, filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Ky. Case No.
21-10305) on May 1, 2021.  Brad Ragan, the majority owner and
president, signed the petition.  At the time of the filing, the
Debtor disclosed total assets of up to $1 million and total
liabilities of up to 10 million.  Judge Joan A. Lloyd oversees the
case.  Darren K. Mexic, Esq. serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


BRIGHT MOUNTAIN: Gets $1.5M More Under Centre Lane Credit Facility
------------------------------------------------------------------
Bright Mountain Media, Inc. and its subsidiaries CL Media Holdings
LLC, Bright Mountain Media, Inc., Bright Mountain LLC, MediaHouse,
Inc. entered into a Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Senior
Secured Credit Agreement.  

The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to a credit agreement
between themselves and Centre Lane Partners Master Credit Fund II,
L.P. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent dated June 5,
2020, as amended.  

The Credit Agreement was amended to provide for an additional loan
amount of $1.5 million.  This term loan shall be repaid in
increasing monthly installments beginning on June 30, 2021 from
$150,000 to $262,500 through Dec. 31, 2021.  The Company, at its
option, can prepay on or before Sept. 30, 2021.  If it chooses to
prepay the Loan, there would be an Exit Fee of $300,000 due and
payable on or before Sept. 30, 2021.  In the event, the Company
does not decide to prepay the Loan and take it to maturity, Dec.
31, 2021, there will be an Exit Fee of $750,000 which will be added
and capitalized to the principal amount of the original loan and
the original loan terms apply.  The Company pledged 3 million
shares of its common stock as collateral for the investment .

                      About Bright Mountain

Based in Boca Raton, Fla., Bright Mountain Media, Inc. --
www.brightmountainmedia.com -- is an end-to-end digital media and
advertising services platform, efficiently connecting brands with
targeted consumer demographics.  In addition to its corporate
website, the Company owns and/or manages 24 websites which are
customized to provide its niche users, including active, reserve
and retired military, law enforcement, first responders and other
public safety employees with products, information and news that
the Company believes may be of interest to them.  The Company also
owns an ad network which was acquired in September 2017.

Bright Mountain reported a net loss of $3.40 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2019, compared to a net loss of $5.22 million for
the year ended Dec. 31, 2018.  As of Sept. 30, 2020, the Company
had $42.77 million in total assets, $29.92 million in total
liabilities, and $12.85 million in total shareholders' equity.

EisnerAmper LLP, in Iselin, New Jersey, the Company's auditor since
2018, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
May 14, 2020, citing that the Company has experienced recurring net
losses, cash outflows from operating activities, and has an
accumulated deficit that raise substantial doubt about its ability
to continue as a going concern.


BYRNA TECHNOLOGIES: Proposes Public Offering of Common Stock
------------------------------------------------------------
Byrna Technologies Inc. has filed a registration statement on Form
S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to a
proposed public offering of its common stock.  The Company
currently expects an offering size of approximately $50 million,
although the offering size, number of shares to be offered and the
offering price for the proposed offering have not yet been
determined.  Byrna intends to use the net proceeds from the
proposed offering for working capital and other general corporate
purposes.  The offering is subject to market and other conditions,
and there can be no assurance as to whether or when the offering
may be completed or as to the actual size or terms of the
offering.

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. will act as lead book-running
manager, B. Riley Securities, Inc. will act as book-running manager
and Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. will act as co-manager for the
proposed offering.

The proposed offering will be made only by means of a prospectus.
Copies of the preliminary prospectus may be obtained, when
available, from Raymond James & Associates, Inc., 880 Carillon
Parkway, St. Petersburg, FL 33716, Attention: Equity Syndicate,
(800) 248-8863, prospectus@raymondjames.com.

A registration statement relating to these securities has been
filed with the SEC but has not yet become effective.  These
securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy these securities
be accepted prior to the time that the registration statement
becomes effective.

                       About Byrna Technologies

Headquartered in Byrna Technologies Inc. -- www.byrna.com -- is a
less-lethal defense technology company, specializing in innovative
next generation solutions for security situations that do not
require the use of lethal force.  Its primary focus is its Byrna
line of products, launched in 2019, which the Company sells
directly to U.S. consumers through its Byrna e-commerce site, as
well as to dealers and distributors primarily in the United States
and South Africa.

Byrna Technologies reported a net loss of $12.55 million for the
year ended Nov. 30, 2020, a net loss of $4.41 million for the
fiscal year ended Nov. 30, 2019, a net loss of $2.15 million for
the fiscal year ended Nov. 30, 2018, and a net loss of $2.8 million
for the fiscal year ended Nov. 30, 2017. As of Nov. 30, 2020, the
Company had $21.22 million in total assets, $12.81 million in total
liabilities, and $8.41 million in total stockholders' equity.


CAN B CORP: Issues $1.5M Convertible Promissory Notes to Investors
------------------------------------------------------------------
Can B Corp. entered into a securities purchase agreement with a
group of institutional investors for the sale of convertible
promissory notes.  The transaction contemplated by the Purchase
Agreement closed on May 24, 2021.  

Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company issued Original
Issue Discount Senior Secured Convertible Promissory Notes with the
aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000 and warrants to purchase
up to an aggregate of 1,923,087 shares of the Company's common
stock to the Investors and entered into a Registration Rights
Agreement, an Addendum to Security Agreement, an Addendum to
Intellectual Property Security Agreement, and an Addendum to
Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement.

The Investors purchased the Notes, Warrants, and an aggregate of
221,096 commitment shares of the Company's common stock for a total
purchase price equal to $1,350,000.

The Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 12% per annum, and this
interest will be payable quarterly in cash or shares (subject to
certain conditions) beginning on July 1, 2021.  The Notes mature on
Jan. 31, 2022.  The Company's obligations under the Notes are
secured by all of the assets, including intellectual property, of
the Company and its subsidiaries.  The Company's obligations under
the Notes are also guaranteed by the Company's subsidiaries,
Duramed Inc., Duramed MI, LLC, Pivt Labs, LLC, Pure Health
Products, LLC, Imbibe Wellness Solutions, LLC, Botanical Biotech,
LLC, and Green Grow Farms, Inc.

The Notes are convertible into common shares of the Company at a
rate equal to $0.39 per share.  The conversion price of the Notes
may be adjusted upon the occurrence of certain events and may be
declared immediately due and payable by the Investors in the event
the Company defaults on any terms of the Notes or the other
Transaction Documents.  The Notes contain provisions limiting each
Investor's ability to convert any portion of its Note if such
conversion would cause the Investor's holdings in the Company to
exceed 4.99% of the Company's issued and outstanding shares of
common stock, which limit may be waived but under no circumstances
may any Investor convert any portion of a Note that would cause the
Investor's holdings to exceed 9.99% of the Company's issued and
outstanding shares of common stock.  The Company also agreed to
register shares converted by Investors, warrant shares and
commitment shares under one or more registration statements filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Warrants are exercisable at a price of $0.45 per share or via
cashless exercise in the event that the warrants are not registered
within 180 days.  The Warrants terminate on May 17, 2024.  The
Warrants contain provisions limiting each Investor's ability to
exercise the Warrants if such exercise would cause the Investor's
holdings in the Company to exceed 4.99% of the Company's issued and
outstanding shares of common stock, which limit may be waived but
under no circumstances may any Investor exercise any Warrants that
would cause the Investor's holdings to exceed 9.99% of the
Company's issued and outstanding shares of common stock.

The Transaction Documents contain other covenants and restrictions
common with this type of transaction, including but not limited to,
true-up, anti-dilution, most favored nation and future
participation clauses.

                     Acquisition of Equipment

On April 9, 2021 and April 21, 2021, respectively, the Company
acquired various pieces of equipment, including but not limited to
combines, grapplers, forage wagons, a semi-tractor/trailer, mowers,
and materials relating thereto.  The equipment was purchased at
auctions on behalf for a total purchase price of approximately
$160,165.  The assets had been seized by the bank of Colorado from
affiliates of Brad Lebsock, the president of the Company's
subsidiary, Botanical Biotech, LLC, for debt owed the bank.  The
Company was able to obtain these assets at a discount through the
auction and are intended to be used in its future farming
operations.

                         About Can B Corp

Headquartered in Hicksville New York, Canbiola, Inc. (now known as
Can B Corp) -- http://www.canbiola.com-- develops, produces, and
sells products and delivery devices containing CBD. Cannabidiol
("CBD") is one of nearly 85 naturally occurring compounds
(cannabinoids) found in industrial hemp (it is also contained in
marijuana). The Company's products contain CBD derived from Hemp
and include products such as oils, creams, moisturizers, isolate,
and gel caps. In addition to offering white labeled products,
Canbiola has developed its own line of proprietary products, as
well as seeking synergistic value through acquisitions of products
and brands in the Hemp industry.

Can B Corp. reported a loss and comprehensive loss of $5.72 million
for the year ended Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a loss and
comprehensive loss of $5.90 million for the year ended Dec. 31,
2019.  As of March 31, 2021, the Company had $6.87 million in total
assets, $2.19 million in total liabilities, and $4.68 million in
total stockholders' equity.

Hauppauge, NY-based BMKR, LLP, the Company's auditor since 2014,
issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated April
12, 2021, citing that the Company incurred a net loss of $5,851,512
during the year ended December 31, 2020 and as of that date, had an
accumulated deficit of 30,521,025.  Due to recurring losses from
operations and the accumulated deficit the Company has stated that
substantial doubt exists about the Company's ability to continue as
a going concern.


CARETRUST REIT: Fitch Assigns BB+ Rating on New Unsecured Notes
---------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned CTR Partnership L.P.'s (CareTrust REIT,
Inc.'s [CTRE] operating partnership) proposed senior unsecured
notes 'BB+' ratings. Fitch expects the proceeds will be used to
refinance its senior notes due 2025, to repay some of the balance
under its revolving credit facility (RCF) and for general corporate
purposes.

CTRE is a healthcare REIT whose portfolio includes skilled nursing
facilities (SNFs; 70% of rent at March 31, 2021), multi-service
campuses (17%) and senior housing facilities (14%). The 'BB+'
ratings and Stable Outlook reflect the issuer's strong financial
metrics, high operator lease coverage and unsecured borrowing
strategy. These strengths are partially offset by the company's
notable tenant concentration and focus on SNF, its mixed track
record in underwriting, and below-average access to capital.

The ratings and Outlook also reflect Fitch's view that CTRE's
long-term rental income risk profile, primarily generated from
SNFs, has been largely unchanged by the coronavirus pandemic.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

High Quality Tenant Balances Concentration: CTRE has diversified
its portfolio, acquiring 153 properties since its spinoff from The
Ensign Group, Inc. (Ensign) in 2014. However, Ensign still
represented around 31% of rental revenues as of March 31, 2021, and
Fitch expects additional acquisitions to drive the exposure to the
former parent to the mid-20% range by 2023. Ensign's strong credit
profile and healthy lease coverage balance the tenant concentration
risk (EBITDAR coverage excluding CARES Act grants was 3.62x 2020).

Overall, the top five tenants made up around 62% of rental revenues
as of March 31, 2021, which is a significant concentration for a
healthcare REIT. A deterioration in the ability of one or more of
these major tenants to honor their leases could have a material
impact on CTRE's credit quality.

Diversification a Net Positive: Fitch views CTRE's efforts to
improve tenant diversification as a net credit positive,
notwithstanding generally weaker coverage for new tenants and some
initial operator selection missteps. Reducing its exposure to
Ensign has lessened company-specific counterparty risk. However,
new leases have been at lower coverage ratios, implying less cash
flow to honor rental payments. Moreover, CTRE is still establishing
its track record in underwriting and managing a portfolio of
non-Ensign counterparties.

Healthy Lease Coverage: Pre-pandemic portfolio EBITDAR coverage
dropped as low as 1.7x in 2Q17 from around 1.9x in mid-2015 but
recovered to around 1.9x in 1Q20 before the effects of the
pandemic, in part due to recent lease amendments and sale of
troubled assets. Notably, portfolio coverage has increased slightly
throughout the pandemic to 2.1x at43Q20, as many of CTRE's
operators were able to claim higher Medicare reimbursements for the
care of Covid-19 positive patients. Coverage including government
grants meant to support operators amid the pandemic was around 2.5x
(amortizing CARES Act grants over 15-month period).

Ensign's lease coverage has grown steadily, to over 3.6x by 4Q20
from 1.9x at the 2014 CTRE spinoff. Fitch estimates that Ensign's
strong coverage metrics contribute to healthy lease coverage for
CTRE that exceeds most higher-rated healthcare REIT peers. However,
excluding Ensign properties, Fitch estimates coverage for the
remaining portfolio at roughly 1.4x at 4Q20, which is more in line
with peers. This metric has deteriorated for the entire triple-net
lease senior housing and SNF sectors in recent years due to
softening volumes, labor cost pressures and contractual rent
escalators.

Mixed Underwriting Track Record: CTRE encountered some challenges
related to new tenant operators in late-2019 and early-2020. In
3Q19, CTRE transitioned several troubled SNFs operated by Trillium
Healthcare Group and cut Trio Healthcare's rent. Trillium and Trio
have been working to stabilize operations of Ohio-based assets
previously operated by Pristine Senior Living since 2017-2018. In
addition, in 1Q20, CTRE sold six SNFs formerly leased to Metron
Integrated Health Systems after the tenant stopped paying rent in
response to an assessment of overpayment in Medicaid funds by the
State of Michigan. CTRE had purchased the Metron assets in early
2018.

Long-Term Rental Income Risk Unchanged: Fitch takes a
through-the-cycle approach to its ratings and views the long-term
rental income risk profile of REITs' skilled nursing portfolios as
largely unchanged by the coronavirus pandemic. Occupancy rates have
declined meaningfully since 1Q20, but Fitch believes that SNFs
retain their place in the continuum of care in the U.S. healthcare
system. Fitch believes sufficient volumes of need-driven and
complex post-acute care will continue to be best delivered in a SNF
setting. Fitch considers the current declines in occupancy rates
temporary and expect an eventual restoration of operating
fundamentals.

SNF profitability has been challenged since the onset of the
pandemic, as occupancy declined and operating expenses have
increased. Occupancy declines have primarily been driven by
decelerations in move-ins (in particular, due to fewer elective
surgeries) and stable move-outs. Caring for Covid-19 patients has
provided some reprieve, as these are reimbursed by higher Medicare
and private insurance rates. However, higher operating expenses are
mostly associated with personal protective equipment, overtime
hours, HERO bonuses, and hiring higher-cost agency/temporary staff
to fill labor shortages.

Lease-coverage ratios for skilled nursing portfolios were under
pressure for much of the past decade due to changes to Medicare
reimbursement rates (i.e. a large one-time reduction and modest
growth thereafter), patients' and payors' focus on shifting care to
lower cost settings and growth in labor expenses and contractual
rent escalators. Operators' coverage and FCF profiles generally had
limited cushion to withstand a shock as severe as the pandemic.
Prior to the pandemic, the outlook for operators was incrementally
more positive than it had been due to Medicare rate increases, the
Patient Driven Payment Model (PDPM) program that would reduce
administrative costs and facilitate economies of scale in
delivering therapy, and the long-term demographic tailwind.
However, these modest improvements did not materialize sufficiently
to offset the pandemic's immediate impact.

Rent Reductions Likely: There is significant uncertainty about the
speed of a recovery in tenant profitability. The extent of
government aid to SNFs has far exceeded Fitch's expectations at the
onset of the pandemic and has been the main driver of healthcare
REITs' high rent-collection rates from their SNF portfolios.
Similarly, various government programs, including forgivable loans
under the Paycheck Protection Program and CARES Act grants, which
exclude purely independent living facilities, have provided
liquidity to senior housing operators.

Fitch does not assume any incremental government relief beyond what
has been committed to date. This heightens the risk that some
operators might require significant rent relief before occupancy
and, consequently, underlying cash flows recover to pre-coronavirus
levels. Since leases tend to be the largest form of financing and
one of the largest expenses for operators, REITs are an obvious
partner to provide relief if government funding runs out before
underlying cash flows rebound to pre-coronavirus levels.

Meaningful Leverage Headroom: Fitch expects CTRE to operate with
leverage in the 4x-5x range through the cycle, which is consistent
with the company's public financial policy. CTRE net debt to
recurring operating EBTIDA was 3.3x for the year ending Dec. 31,
2020 and still below 4x for the quarter ended March 31, 2021,
resulting in ample headroom to make debt-funded acquisitions and
absorb possible rent reductions while maintaining leverage below
Fitch's 5.0x negative rating sensitivity.

Fitch expects the coronavirus pandemic to exacerbate financial
issues for weaker tenants, which could accelerate lease amendments
and rent reductions. Fitch's rating case for the company assumes
that one-third of operators will need permanent rent cuts of around
one-third to stabilize rents in the long term, which is equal to a
permanent rent reduction of 10% starting in 2021. Notably, CTRE
derived roughly 29% of pre-pandemic rents and 28% of 4Q20 rents
from tenants with EBITDAR coverage ratios of 1.0x or lower
(excluding CARES Act grants).

Fitch's rating case projections also assume temporary, one-time
rent relief of 4% of 2021 revenues, as the remaining SNF and senior
housing operators' (excluding Ensign Group) underlying net
operating income recovers to pre-pandemic levels.

Less Established Capital Access: Fitch views CTRE's relative access
to capital to be less established than higher-rated REIT peers,
notwithstanding its demonstrated access to the capital markets
through several common stock offerings, at-the-market programs, and
a public bond offering.

The issuer refinanced its credit facility in early 2019 with
improved pricing and larger capacity for both its revolver and term
loans and refinanced its unsecured notes in 2017. Demonstrating
consistent and appropriate access to a variety of different capital
sources is a hallmark of higher rated REIT issuers.

Recovery Ratings: In accordance with Fitch's Recovery Rating (RR)
methodology, Fitch rates the CTRE's senior unsecured debt at
'BB+'/'RR4', which is in line with the company's Issuer Default
Rating (IDR). The 'RR4' reflects average recovery prospects in a
distressed scenario.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

CTRE's ratings reflect its strong financial metrics, above-average
operator lease coverage, and unsecured borrowing strategy. These
strengths are partially offset by below-average capital access,
regional and tenant concentration, the issuer's focus on SNF, and
an immature debt capital stack given debt maturity concentrations.

Relative to its SNF-focused peers Sabra Health Care REIT Inc.
(SBRA; BBB-/Stable) and Omega Healthcare Investors Inc. (OHI;
BBB-/Stable), CTRE has a comparable leverage policy and Fitch's
ratings are based on the issuer's policy, not current leverage
given its public comments about the long-term capitalization. CTRE
also has less established access to capital than investment-grade
healthcare REITs.

CTRE has a higher tenant concentration than its peers, which is
partially offset by Ensign's robust coverage metrics. While the
Ensign assets contribute to overall healthy portfolio lease
coverage, Fitch believes this obscures the average performance of
non-Ensign properties. CTRE has sought to diversify via
acquisitions. However, CTRE's underwriting performance may be
weaker than peers considering the continued underperformance of
some non-Ensign properties. CTRE's SNF exposure is a credit concern
due to sector headwinds and is comparable with SBRA but lower than
OHI.

CTRE is comparable with National Healthcare Investors Inc. (NHI;
BBB-/Stable) in size, as a smaller cap health care REIT. However,
NHI has a more diversified portfolio across property types and
tenants and CTRE's exposure to SNFs is approximately twice that of
NHI. Both REITs stand out for their above-average lease coverage
ratios, maintain 4x-5x leverage targets, and have long-dated but
concentrated maturity profiles.

Ventas, Inc. (BBB+/Negative) and Healthpeak Properties, Inc.
(BBB+/Stable), are rated higher than narrowly focused healthcare
REIT peers, due to the issuers' diversified and high- quality
portfolios, conservative financial policies and above-average
access to capital.

Healthcare Realty Trust Inc.'s (BBB+/Stable) and Physicians Realty
Trust's (BBB/Stable) medical office building portfolios benefit
from highly durable operating cash flows that are strengthened by
secular tailwinds. This positively differentiate them from CTRE's
SNF and senior housing portfolio, which face significant
challenges.

Fitch links and synchronizes the IDRs of the parent REIT and
subsidiary operating partnership due to the entities operating as a
single enterprise with strong legal and operational ties. No
Country Ceiling or operating environment aspects affect the
rating.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

Fitch's key assumptions within its rating case for the issuer
include:

-- Annual CPI-based rent escalators lead to slightly positive
    same-store net operating income growth through the forecast
    horizon.

-- Contractual annual rent escalators for the triple-net
    portfolio based on the CPI through 2023.

-- A coronavirus reserve for permanent rent reductions within
    operating EBITDA equal to around 10% of rental revenues
    starting in 2021.

-- Fitch assumes one-time cash rent relief will equal around 4%
    of rental revenues in 2021 and 50% will be repaid in 2022.

-- Equity proceeds of $25 million to $50 million annually in
    2021-2023.

-- Additional bond issuances of $300 million in 2022 to pay for
    acquisitions and revolver balance. Assumes draw on revolver
    for cash needs on the margin.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Fitch's expectation of CTRE demonstrating long-term cash flow
    stability from its underwritten acquisitions and ability to
    manage troubled tenants through the cycle.

-- Fitch's expectation of CTRE demonstrating more established
    access to capital comparable with investment grade-rated
    peers.

-- Fitch's expectation of CTRE continuing to diversify its
    property base by reducing tenant and industry concentration
    without changing its credit profile;

-- Revision of publicly committed leverage targets to 3x-4x and
    sustained adherence to this.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Should the impact of the coronavirus pandemic be so severe or
    the recovery so muted that Fitch no longer expects a timely
    restoration of credit metrics.

-- Further pressure on operators through legislation revisions
    that result in lower coverages or other changes in regulatory
    framework.

-- Further secular pressure that results in a reduction in demand
    and/or profitability for operator services.

-- Fitch's expectation of net debt to recurring operating EBITDA
    sustaining above 5.0x.

-- Fitch's expectation of REIT fixed-charge coverage (recurring
    operating EBITDA adjusted for straight line rents and
    maintenance capex relative to interest and preferred
    dividends) sustaining below 2.5x.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Long-Dated, Concentrated Maturities Drive Strong Liquidity: CTRE's
liquidity is strong for the rating due to the absence of near-term
funding obligations, including (re)development through Dec. 31,
2022. The issuer maintained a $430 million capacity on its $600
million unsecured RCF at March 31, 2021 and has a manageable debt
maturity profile with no near-term maturities. A long-dated yet
concentrated debt maturity is somewhat common for smaller REITs and
results in greater bullet maturity risk in the later years.

Appropriate Contingent Liquidity: Fitch considers CTRE's contingent
liquidity to be appropriate for the rating, as the issuer owns all
of its properties and has no mortgage loans outstanding, leaving
the entire portfolio unencumbered. Fitch estimates that
unencumbered assets cover unsecured net debt (UA/UD) by 3.2x using
a stressed cap rate at June 30, 2020. This contingent liquidity
allows the company to encumber its assets during periods of
liquidity stress and access the secured mortgage market to service
its debt maturities. However, Fitch expects that, if the company
operated within its stated leverage policy range, UA/UD coverage
would decline toward 2.0x, which is typical of investment-grade
REITs.

The continued financeability of a REIT's real estate is a core
tenet of REIT ratings due to the expectation that a REIT can and
would encumber properties to repay unsecured maturities if the
unsecured market was not accessible. CTRE's skilled nursing and
senior housing facilities benefit from access to more durable
government-sponsored mortgage financing in addition to the more
pro-cyclical bank mortgage and CMBS market despite the operator
challenges. This relative strength differentiates the ratings of
healthcare REITs from B-mall operators, which have seen access to
unsecured and secured markets deteriorate.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


CARLA'S PASTA: Unsecureds Will Get Up to 4% in Plan After Sale
--------------------------------------------------------------
Carla's Pasta, Inc., et al., submitted a Plan and a Disclosure
Statement.

The Debtors' Plan is a joint Plan, but the Debtors have not been
substantively consolidated.  Therefore, holders of claims of each
Debtor will receive a distribution based upon the assets and Claims
of such Debtor.

Prior to the Petition Date, the Debtors began marketing their
business for a sale or other strategic transaction of substantially
all of their assets, which would ultimately be completed under an
auction process supervised by the Bankruptcy Court.  Following a
hearing in April 2021, the Bankruptcy Court approved the sale of
substantially all of the Debtors' assets (the "Sale") to CP Foods
LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company and NFP Real Estate LLC,
a Wisconsin limited liability company (the "Purchasers" as
assignees of Natural Food Partners, LLC).  The sale closed on April
30, 2021.

Shortly after the sale closed, the Lenders' filed a motion for
relief from stay to exercise their right of setoff of over $20
million in sale proceeds.  The Debtors stated their consent to an
interim distribution of Sale proceeds to the Lenders in the amount
of $15,000,000 (the "Interim Distribution"), pursuant to an order
addressing the objections and addressing any competing interests to
the Sale proceeds.  This matter remains pending as of the date of
this Disclosure Statement.

The Plan contemplates: (i) an orderly liquidation of assets via a
Liquidating Custodian with powers set forth in the Plan, and (ii) a
distribution to unsecured creditors of CPI from, at least, the
Unsecured Creditors' Fund.

The Plan will treat claims as follows:

  A. Carla's Pasta Creditors:

     * General Unsecured Claims (Class 3) totaling $12,000,000 –
to $19,670,000. Creditors will recover 2-4% of their claims from
Unsecured Creditors' Fund. Class 3 is impaired.

     * Lenders Deficiency Claim (Class 4) totaling $16,720,966.
Creditor will recover 0% of their claims from any unencumbered
Cash. Class 4 is impaired.

     * Equity Interests (Class 5). Creditor will recover 0% of
their claims. All Equity Interests in the Debtors shall be
cancelled. Class 5 is impaired.

  B. Suri Realty Creditors:

     * Dennis Group Unsecured Claims (Class 3A) totaling
$15,418,497.  Creditors will recover 0% - unknown% of their claims
from cash, solely to the extent Dennis Group is successful in its
subordination related claims against the Lenders. Class 3A is
impaired.

     * Lenders Deficiency Claim (Class 4A) totaling $16,720,966.
Creditors will recover 0% of their claims. Class 4A is impaired.

     * General Unsecured Claims (Class 5A) totaling $133,012.19.
Creditors will recover 0% of their claims. Class 5A is impaired.

     * Equity Interests (Class 6A). Creditors will recover 0% of
their claims. All Equity Interests in the Debtors shall be
cancelled. Class 6A is impaired.

To confirm the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court must hold a hearing to
determine whether the Plan meets the requirements of Section 1129
of the Bankruptcy Code.  The Bankruptcy Court has set July 21, 2021
at 11:00 a.m. (Eastern Time) for the hearing on confirmation of the
Plan (the "Confirmation Hearing").

Any party in interest may object to confirmation of the Plan and
appear at the Confirmation Hearing to pursue such objection. The
Court has set July 14, 2021, at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time), as the
deadline for filing and serving objections to the confirmation of
the Plan.

Counsel to the Debtors:

     Adrienne K. Walker
     LOCKE LORD LLP
     111 Huntington Avenue
     Boston, MA 02199
     Tel: 617-239-0211
     E-mail: awalker@lockelord.com

     Brian A. Raynor
     Michael B. Kind
     111 South Wacker Drive
     Chicago, IL 60606
     Tel: 312-201-2392
     E-mail: braynor@lockelord.com

     Stephen Humeniuk
     600 Congress Ave., Suite 2200
     Austin, TX 78701
     Tel: 512-305-4838
     E-mail: stephen.humeniuk@lockelord.com

A copy of the Disclosure Statement is available at
https://bit.ly/2RU4ttf from PacerMonitor.com.

                   About Carla's Pasta and Suri Realty

Carla's Pasta Inc. is a family-owned and operated business
headquartered in South Windsor, Conn.  It manufactures food
products including pasta sheets, tortellini, ravioli, and steam bag
meals for branded and private label retail, foodservice
distributors, and restaurant.  Founded in 1978 by Carla Squatrito,
Carla's Pasta's stock is held by members of the Squatrito family.

On Dec. 31, 2016, Carla's Pasta acquired 100% of Suri Realty, LLC's
membership interests.  Suri's business is limited to the ownership
of two adjoining parcels of real property located at 50 Talbot Lane
and 280 Nutmeg Road, South Windsor, Conn.

Carla's Pasta operates its business from an approximately
150,000-square-foot BRC+ certified production facility.

On Oct. 29, 2020, an involuntary petition for relief under Chapter
7 of the Bankruptcy Code was filed against Suri by Dennis Group, HJ
Norris, LLC, Renaissance Builders, Inc., and Elm Electrical, Inc.
On Dec. 17, 2020, the court approved Suri's request and converted
the involuntary Chapter 7 case to one under Chapter 11.

Carla's Pasta filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. D. Conn. Case No.
21-20111) on Feb. 8, 2021.  It estimated assets of $10 million to
$50 million and liabilities of $50 million to $100 million.

The cases are jointly administered under Case No. 21-20111.  Judge
James J. Tancredi oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Locke Lord LLP as their legal counsel, Verdolino
& Lowey, PC as accountant, Cowen & Co. as investment banker, and
Novo Advisors, LLC as financial advisor. Sandeep Gupta of Novo
Advisors is the Debtors' chief restructuring officer.


CINEMARK USA: Fitch Assigns 'B' Rating on New Unsecured Notes
-------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings assigned a 'B/RR5' rating to Cinemark USA's issuance
of senior unsecured notes. Proceeds are expected to be used to fund
the tender offer to redeem Cinemark USA's existing 4.875% senior
notes due 2023 in a leverage neutral transaction. Cinemark is also
in discussions to extend its revolving credit agreement maturity to
November 2024 from November 2022.

Cinemark's ratings and Negative Outlook reflect ongoing disruption
of its operating profile and weakened credit protection metrics
from the coronavirus pandemic, along with potential longer-term
structural changes in theatrical content distribution. However,
recent box office performance could be early signals of a return to
more normalized operating performance and studios have begun
solidifying theatrical release schedules and windows leading to
strong film release slates in 2H2021 and 2022. Fitch believes
Cinemark has sufficient liquidity to manage until theaters begin
operating at greater capacity, potentially in mid-2021.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Coronavirus Pandemic: The pandemic added a significant challenge to
Cinemark's operations, which are dependent on consumer
discretionary spending and attendance. Although Cinemark's theaters
closed in mid-March, 2020, as of March 31, 2021 it had reopened 301
domestic theaters (90% of its total domestic theaters) at 50% or
more capacity and 78 international theaters. Fitch believes the
industry is showing early signs of a return to normalcy, as this
past weekend "A Quiet Place II" set a pandemic era box office
record with a $57 million opening weekend, performing roughly in
line with pre-pandemic expectations (the film's release had been
delayed several times from its initial March 2020 date).

Adequate Liquidity: As of March 31, 2021, Cinemark had $513 million
of cash and full availability under a $100 million revolving credit
facility. Fitch believes this provides Cinemark with sufficient
liquidity to fund its stated monthly run-rate losses of
approximately $50 million into 2022 if recent performance
improvements are not maintained. However, Fitch's base case assumes
Cinemark's attendance returns to more normalized levels during 2H21
and that the company will generate modestly positive EBITDA for the
FYE Dec. 31, 2021.

Dependence on Film Studios' Product: Cinemark and its peers rely on
the quality, quantity and timing of movie product, all of which are
beyond management's control. Fitch notes studios have been
solidifying theatrical release schedules and windows after
significant upheaval during the pandemic when they shifted
theatrical release dates into 2021 and later while also redirecting
certain titles to their own direct-to-consumer (DTC) offerings,
with options ranging from day-and-date releases on DTC platforms
and in theaters to recalibrated theatrical release windows.

Theatrical Distribution Windows: Cinemark's ratings are reliant on
the assumption that theatrical exhibition will remain a key window
for film studios' large film releases (tent poles) once the
pandemic abates. Studios consistently reasserted their belief in
theatrical windowing during the pandemic as they understand the
unique opportunity it presents for branding and raising consumer
awareness for content/IP. In addition, the talent involved in
creating films are reliant to some extent on box office metrics for
current and future income generation.

Most major studios are in the midst of a strategic pivot to DTC
content distribution models. During the pandemic, these studios
successfully funneled films to their DTC platforms, potentially
reducing the volume of new films available for theatrical
exhibition over the long term. However, Fitch believes film studios
will return to theatrical exhibition at a minimum for its tent pole
releases to offset the high production and marketing costs
associated with these projects and could potentially use shorter
theatrical windows for remaining releases.

Increasing Competitive Threats: The increase in competitive threats
continues to elevate concerns over secular declines in theatrical
attendance. The ratings factor in the intermediate- to long-term
risks associated with increased competition from alternative
at-home distribution channels (video on demand [VOD], over the top
[OTT] and streaming services).

Theatrical Attendance: Fitch believes there will be a meaningful
near-term rebound in theatrical attendance once the coronavirus
crisis has abated. However, the substitution threat posed by the
heightened competitive landscape could have a longer-term impact on
theatrical attendance, which could also lead to a shortening of the
theatrical window. Fitch believes the preference for in-home filmed
entertainment viewership will cannibalize traditional theatrical
attendance over the long term. As such, it does not expect
theatrical attendance to return to historical levels over the
rating horizon, offsetting some of the expected growth in average
ticket prices and concessions.

Scale and Market Position: Cinemark's ratings are supported by its
scale, as the third largest theater exhibitor in the U.S.,
operating 4,436 screens in 325 theaters across 42 states. The
company also has a dominant position in Latin American where it
operates 1,436 screens in 198 theaters across 15 countries.
Cinemark is the leading theater exhibitor in Brazil and Argentina,
and it the second largest exhibitor in Chile, Colombia and Peru.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Cinemark's ratings reflect its scale and market position as the
third largest theater chain in the U.S., the largest theater chain
in Brazil and Argentina, and the second largest theater chain in
Colombia, Chile and Peru. Cinemark maintains a more conservative
balance sheet and greater liquidity than its peers, AMC
Entertainment and Cineworld plc, which provides it with a better
ability to manage the business through this period of operating
uncertainty.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

-- Flat attendance levels through June before returning to more
    normalized levels during 2H21 and 2022. Despite growth in 2023
    driven by strong slate, attendance declines in 2024 as studios
    narrow theatrical film slates and funnel more low- to mid
    budget movies to their DTC offerings. Attendance does not
    return to historical levels over the rating horizon;

-- Average ticket prices increase low single digits domestically
    and decline low single digits internationally;

-- Concession revenues return to historical levels by 2024;

-- EBITDA margin at mid-single digits in 2021 as performance
    slowly turns positive and Cinemark begins to cover its
    operating costs and then returns to 20% by 2022;

-- Capex grows to $120 million in 2021 and returns to 10% of
    revenues thereafter;

-- Dividend reinstated in 2022 at $42 million quarterly and grows
    5% per annum thereafter;

-- Current liquidity cushion is sufficient to support expected
    cash burn in 1H21;

-- $755 million 2023 maturity refinanced in 2022;

-- Total Adjusted Debt/Operating EBITDAR falls below 5.5x in 2022
    and remains in low-5x range over rating horizon.

KEY RECOVERY RATING ASSUMPTIONS

-- The recovery analysis assumes Cinemark would be considered a
    going-concern in bankruptcy and that the company would be
    reorganized rather than liquidated. Fitch has assumed a 10%
    administrative claim.

-- EBITDA: Cinemark's going-concern EBITDA is based on FY 2019
    pre-pandemic EBITDA of $656 million. Fitch then stresses
    EBITDA by assuming theaters close due to theater closures and
    accelerated declines in theatrical attendance as a result of
    continued media fragmentation and changing consumer
    preferences. This results in a going-concern EBITDA of $230
    million, or a roughly 60% stress.

-- Prior recessions provide little precedent for a stress case.
    Theater attendance increased in six of the last eight
    recessions because theatrical exhibition remains a relatively
    cheap form of entertainment. However, the rise of alternative
    distribution platforms and streaming subscription plans (e.g.
    Netflix, Hulu, Disney+, HBO Max etc.) could place pressure on
    theatrical exhibition attendance in future downturns,
    particularly in urban areas where the cost of an average
    theater ticket exceeds $15. Fitch believes that the recently
    launched theater subscription plans like AMC's Stubs List and
    Cinemark's Movie Club could help support attendance levels.

-- Multiple: Fitch employs an enterprise value multiple of 5x to
    calculate post-reorganization valuation, roughly in-line with
    the median TMT emergence enterprise value/EBITDA multiple, and
    incorporates the following intro its analysis: (1) Fitch's
    belief that theater exhibitors have a limited tangible asset
    value and that the business model bears the risk of being
    disrupted over the longer-term by new distribution models
    (e.g. Netflix typically releases films in theaters and to its
    streaming subscribers simultaneously, with some limited
    exceptions for awards contention); (2) Recent trading
    multiples (EV/EBITDA) in a range of 6x-17x; (3) Recent
    transaction multiples in a range of 9x (e.g. Cineworld Group
    plc acquired U.S. theater circuit Regal Entertainment for $5.8
    billion in February 2018 for an LTM EBITDA purchase price
    multiple of roughly 9.0x. AMC purchased U.S. theater circuit
    Carmike for $1.1 billion in December 2016 for a purchase price
    multiple of 9.2x and AMC purchased international circuit Odeon
    and UCI for $1.2 billion in November 2016 at a purchase price
    multiple of 9.1x).

-- Fitch estimates an adjusted, distressed enterprise valuation
    of $1.1 billion.

-- Debt: Fitch assumes a fully drawn revolver in its recovery
    analysis since credit revolvers are tapped when companies are
    under distress. For Fitch's recovery analysis, leases are a
    key consideration. While Fitch does not assign recovery
    ratings for the company's operating lease obligations, it is
    assumed the company rejects only 30% of its remaining $1.3
    billion in operating lease commitments (calculated at a net
    present value) due to their significance to the operations in
    a going-concern scenario and is liable for 15% of those
    rejected values. This incorporates the importance of the
    leased space to the core business prospects as a going
    concern. Fitch excludes Cinemark Holdings, Inc's $450 million
    convertible notes as they rank junior to Cinemark's existing
    debt, are structurally subordinated and have no security or
    liquidity requirements.

-- Cinemark had $2.5 billion in total debt as of March 31, 2021.

-- The recovery results in a 'BB+/RR1' on the senior secured
    notes and existing secured credit facilities reflecting
    expectations that 91%-100% recovery is reasonable. The
    recovery results in a 'B/RR5' on the secured notes reflecting
    reduced recovery prospects owing to the weighting toward
    secured debt in the capital structure.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- The Outlook could be revised to Stable if Fitch believes the
    severity and duration of the coronavirus pandemic will not
    continue to materially affect Cinemark's credit profile. This
    may present itself through capacity increases leading to
    increased attendance.

-- The ratings for Cinemark have limited upside potential due to
    the inherent nature of the theatrical exhibition business, the
    resulting hit-driven volatility and the reliance on film
    studios for the quantity and quality of films in any given
    period. In strong box office years, metrics may be stronger to
    provide a cushion in weaker box office years.

-- Total leverage (total debt with equity credit/operating
    EBITDA) sustained below 2.5x and adjusted leverage (including
    lease equivalent debt) below 4.5x.

-- FCF margins sustained in the mid- to high-single digits.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Longer than expected deterioration of Cinemark's liquidity
    position due to the cash burn.

-- Increasing secular pressure as illustrated in sustained
    declines in attendance and/or concession spending per patron.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Adequate Liquidity: As of March 31, 2021, Cinemark had $513 million
of cash and full availability under a $100 million revolving credit
facility maturing November 2022. Fitch notes the company is in
discussions with its bank group to extend the revolver's maturity
to November 2024. Fitch believes this provides Cinemark with
sufficient liquidity to fund its stated monthly run-rate losses of
approximately $50 million into 2022 if recent performance
improvements are not maintained. However, Fitch's base case assumes
Cinemark's attendance returns to more normalized levels during 2H21
and that the company will generate modestly positive EBITDA for the
FYE Dec. 31, 2021.

Cinemark has modest annual term loan amortization (approximately
$6.6 million annually). Pro forma for the current issuance, its
next maturities occur in 2025 when its term loan ($638 million
outstanding at March 31, 2021) and 8.75% secured notes ($250
million) mature. Cinemark's current issuance is in line with
Fitch's expectations that the company would look to extend
outstanding debt well before its maturity.

ESG Considerations

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.

ISSUER PROFILE

Cinemark is the third largest theater U.S. exhibitor, operating 325
theaters across 42 states and operates 198 theaters across 15
countries in Latin America; is the leading theater exhibitor in
Brazil and Argentina, and second in Chile, Colombia and Peru.


CLEANSPARK INC: Signs $500M Offering Agreement With H.C. Wainwright
-------------------------------------------------------------------
CleanSpark, Inc. entered into an At The Market Offering Agreement
with H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC, to create an at-the-market equity
program under which the Company may, from time to time, offer and
sell shares of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share, having
an aggregate gross offering price of up to $500,000,000 to or
through the Agent.

Any Shares sold to or through the Agent will be issued pursuant to
a prospectus dated March 15, 2021 and a prospectus supplement dated
June 3, 2021 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, in
connection with one or more offerings of the Shares pursuant to the
Prospectus Supplement.  Subject to the terms and conditions of the
Agreement, the Agent will use its commercially reasonable efforts
consistent with its normal trading and sales practices and
applicable state and federal law, rules and regulations to sell the
Shares from time to time, based upon the Company's instructions.
Sales of the Shares, if any, under the Agreement may be made in
transactions that are deemed to be "at the market offerings" as
defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
including sales made by means of ordinary brokers' transactions
(including directly on the Nasdaq Capital Market), at market prices
or as otherwise agreed between the Company and the Agent.  The
Agent is not under any obligation to purchase any of the Shares on
a principal basis pursuant to the Agreement, except as otherwise
agreed by the Agent and the Company in writing pursuant to a
separate terms agreement.  The Company has no obligation to sell
any of the Shares and may at any time suspend offers under the
Agreement or terminate the Agreement.

The Company has provided the Agent with customary indemnification
rights, and the Agent will be entitled to a commission at a fixed
commission rate equal to 3.0% of the gross sales price of any
Shares sold in the ATM Offering.  The Company is making certain
customary representations, warranties, and covenants in the
Agreement and has also agreed to indemnify the Agent against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Act.  The
Agreement is not intended to provide any other factual information
about the Company.  The representations, warranties, and covenants
contained in the Agreement are made only for purposes of the
Agreement, including the allocation of risk between the parties
thereto and as of specific dates, are solely for the benefit of the
parties to the Agreement, and may be subject to limitations agreed
upon by the parties thereto, including being qualified by
confidential disclosures exchanged between the parties in
connection with the execution of the Agreement.

From time to time, the Agent and its affiliates have provided, and
may provide in the future, various advisory, investment and
commercial banking and other services to the Company in the
ordinary course of business, for which it has received and may
continue to receive customary fees and commissions.

                         About CleanSpark

Headquartered in Bountiful, Utah, CleanSpark, Inc. --
www.cleanspark.com -- is in the business of providing advanced
energy software and control technology that enables a plug-and-play
enterprise solution to modern energy challenges.  Its services
consist of intelligent energy monitoring and controls, microgrid
design and engineering and consulting services.  Its software
allows energy users to obtain resiliency and economic optimization.
The Company's software is uniquely capable of enabling a microgrid
to be scaled to the user's specific needs and can be widely
implemented across commercial, industrial, military and municipal
deployment.

CleanSpark reported a net loss of $23.35 million for the year ended
Sept. 30, 2020, a net loss of $26.12 million for the year ended
Sept. 30, 2019, and a net loss of $47.01 million for the year ended
Sept. 30, 2018.  As of March 31, 2021, the Company had $292.61
million in total assets, $8.89 million in total liabilities, and
$283.72 million in total stockholders' equity.


CONNECTIONS COMMUNITY: Committee Taps Polsinelli as Legal Counsel
-----------------------------------------------------------------
The official committee of unsecured creditors of Connections
Community Support Programs, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware to hire Polsinelli PC
as its legal counsel.

The firm's services include:

     (a) advising the committee regarding its powers and duties
under Section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code;

     (b) investigating the acts, conduct, assets, liabilities and
financial condition of the Debtor, the operation of the Debtor's
business, and any other matter relevant to the Debtor's Chapter 11
case or to the development of a plan of reorganization or
liquidation;

     (c) preparing legal papers;

     (d) reviewing and responding to all pleadings filed by the
Debtor or other parties-in-interest and appearing in court
hearings;

     (e) reviewing and analyzing liens;

     (f) consulting with the Debtor and its professionals, other
parties-in-interest and their professionals, and the U.S. trustee
concerning the administration of the Debtor's estate;

     (g) representing the committee in hearings and other judicial
proceedings; and

     (h) advising the committee on practice and procedure in the
court and on local rules and local practice.

Polsinelli will be paid at these rates:

     Shareholders               $380 - $1,050 per hour
     Attorneys                  $290 - $560 per hour
     Paraprofessionals          $165 - $375 per hour

The firm received a retainer in the amount of $150,000.

Christopher Ward, Esq., a managing shareholder of Polsinelli,
disclosed in a court filing that his firm is a "disinterested
person" as the term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Mr. Ward also made the following disclosures in response to the
request for additional information set forth in Paragraph D.1 of
the U.S. Trustee Guidelines:

     a. Question: Did you agree to any variations from, or
alternatives to, your standard or customary billing arrangements
for this engagement?

        Response: Polsinelli has not agreed to any variation from
its customary billing arrangements other than discounted rates for
this engagement.

     b. Question: Do any of the professionals included in this
engagement vary their rate based on the geographic location of the
bankruptcy case?

        Response: Polsinelli's professionals included in this
engagement have not varied their rate based on the geographic
location of this case.

     c. Question: If you represented the client in the 12 months
prepetition, disclose your billing rates and material financial
terms for the prepetition engagement, including any adjustments
during the 12 months prepetition. If your billing rates and
material financial terms have changed postpetition, explain the
difference and the reasons for the difference.

        Response: Polsinelli did not represent the committee prior
to the petition date.

     d. Question: Has your client approved your prospective budget
and staffing plan, and, if so, for what budget period?

        Response: Polsinelli is developing a full budget and
staffing plan for this case and intends to share them with the
committee for approval shortly.

Polsinelli can be reached at:

     Jeremy R. Johnson, Esq.
     Polsinelli PC
     222 Delaware Avenue, Suite 1101
     Wilmington, DE 19801
     Phone: 302-252-0920
     Fax: 302-252-0921
     Email: CWard@Polsinelli.com

           About Connections Community Support Programs

Connections Community Support Programs Inc. is a multifaceted
not-for-profit 501(c)(3) health and human services organization
operating and founded in Delaware with over 100 locations
throughout Delaware and more than 1,100 employees.  

Since its founding in 1985, CCSP has grown from providing
assistance to older adults with lifelong histories of psychiatric
hospitalization to one of Delaware's largest nonprofit
organizations that touches the lives of approximately 10,000 of
Delaware's most vulnerable citizens and their families, dealing
with behavioral health and substance use disorders, housing
challenges, and developmental and intellectual disabilities. The
organization leases 408 properties  (including 389 leased
facilities associated with housing and veterans' services) and owns
48 properties.

Connections Community Support Programs filed for Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-10723) on April 19, 2021.
The Debtor had estimated assets and debt of $50 million to $100
million as of the bankruptcy filing.

The Debtor tapped Chipman Brown Cicero & Cole, LLP, led by Mark L.
Desgrosseilliers, Esq., as legal counsel and SSG Advisors, LLC as
investment banker.  Robert Katz, managing director at EisnerAmper
LLP, serves as the Debtor's chief restructuring officer.  Omni
Agent Solutions is the claims and noticing agent and administrative
agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 3 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors on May 3, 2021.  The committee is represented
by Polsinelli, PC.

On April 26, 2021, the U.S. Trustee for Region 3 appointed Eric M.
Huebscher as patient care ombudsman in this Chapter 11 case. The
ombudsman tapped Huebscher & Company as his consultant and advisor.


CRAVE BRANDS: Unsecureds to Be Paid in Full in 4 Months
-------------------------------------------------------
Crave Brands, LLC, et al., submitted a Subchapter V Small Business
Plan of Reorganization.

Crave owns a 100 percent member interest in Meathead. Crave also
owns a 100 percent member interest in a non-debtor subsidiary
called Meathead Franchising, LLC. Crave is also the lessee of an
office lease with Servecorp West Lake LLP.

Meathead owns assets relating to the operation of the twelve
restaurant locations. These assets include: (a) cash on hand, (b)
inventory of food, beverages, and paper products on hand at the
restaurant locations, (c) certain utility deposits and other
prepaid expenses, (d) accounts receivable (primarily due from
delivery services), (d) leasehold improvements at the restaurant
locations, (e) restaurant equipment at the locations, and (f)
intellectual property rights, primarily the trademark. In addition,
Meathead expects to receive $696,000 later in 2021 from the
Employee Retention Credit program.

The Plan will treat claims as follows:

   * Class 1 Allowed Claim of LQD against Crave and Meathead. The
Class 1 Claim shall be paid in accordance with the New Maturity
Date of the Class 1 Claim, as restructured, shall be March 31,
2022. On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay to
the Class 1 Claimant Cash in an amount that will reduce the
principal balance of the Class 1 Claim to no more than $5,650,000
from and after the Effective Date through the New Maturity Date,
the Reorganized Debtors shall make the Weekly Interest Payments.
Class 1 is impaired.

   * Class 4 Allowed Unsecured Claims (other than Class 1, 2, 3, 5,
and 7) against either Crave or Meathead of $2,000 or more. The
holders of Class 4 Allowed Claims will be paid in full in four
equal monthly installments, beginning on the fifth Business Day of
the month following the Effective Date and continuing on the fifth
Business Day of the next three calendar months thereafter.  Any
Class 4 Claimant may voluntarily reduce its claim to $2,000 and be
paid in full on the reduced claim at the same time as the Class 7
Claimants. Class 4 is impaired.

   * Class 5 Allowed Unsecured Claims against Meathead or Crave for
Cure Costs in connection with the assumption of the Assumed
Contracts. The Reorganized Debtors will pay the Allowed Class 5
Claims in full in four equal monthly installments, beginning on the
fifth Business Day of the month following the Effective Date and
continuing on the fifth Business Day of the next three months
thereafter. Class 5 is impaired.

   * Class 6 Allowed Unsecured Claims of Karfaridis and Webb
against Meathead arising out of their deferred salary.  The holders
of Class 6 Claims shall receive no distributions on account of
their Class 6 Claims until the Class 1, 4, 5, and 7 Claims and all
Allowed Professional Fee Claims have been paid in full.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Reorganized Debtors
are not in default in the payment or performance of their
obligations under this Plan, Webb and Karfaridis may receive salary
on a current basis in the ordinary course of business at an
annualized salary of $90,000 each.  All payments to Karfaridis and
Webb on their Class 6 Claims are subject to withholding taxes.
Class 6 is impaired.

The Reorganized Debtors will continue to operate the Meatheads
restaurants after the Confirmation Date.

Counsel for the Debtors:

     Lauren Newman, Esq.
     Thompson Coburn LLP
     55 East Monroe, 37th Floor
     Chicago, Illinois 60603
     Telephone: (312) 580-2328
     Fax: (312) 580-2201
     E-mail: lnewman@thompsoncoburn.com

     David A. Warfield
     Thompson Coburn LLP
     One U.S. Bank Plaza, Suite 2700
     St. Louis, Missouri 63101
     Telephone: (314) 552-6079
     Fax: (314) 552-7000
     E-mail: dwarfield@thompsoncoburn.com

A copy of the Disclosure Statement is available at
https://bit.ly/34BQk6y from PacerMonitor.com.

                       About Crave Brands

Crave Brands LLC, a company based in Chicago, Ill., sought
protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr.
N.D. Ill. Case No. 21-04729) on April 9, 2021.  In the petition
signed by Steve Karfaridis, manager, the Debtor disclosed total
assets of up to $50,000 and liabilities of up to $10 million.

Judge Timothy A. Barnes oversees the case.  Matthew Brash is the
Subchapter V trustee appointed in the Debtor's bankruptcy case.

David A. Warfield, Esq., at Thompson Coburn LLP, represents the
Debtor as bankruptcy counsel.

LQD Financial Corp., a creditor, is represented by William J.
Factor, Esq.


CRED INC: Court Sets Jail-Risk Deadline for Former CFO
------------------------------------------------------
Law360 reports that the former chief financial officer of bankrupt
cryptocurrency venture Cred Inc. has one more chance to disclose
the amounts and whereabouts of cash and virtual currency under his
control before facing possible arrest, a federal judge in Delaware
warned Wednesday, June 2, 2021.

U.S. District Court Judge Maryellen Noreika gave an attorney for
James Alexander a June 11, 2021 deadline to provide sender and
recipient details for transactions $500 or greater involving at
least two Coinbase accounts as well as Ledger Live crypto wallet
activity, other conventional accounts and movements from holdings
potentially not yet disclosed.

                           About Cred Inc.

Cred Inc. is a cryptocurrency platform that accepts loans of
cryptocurrency from non-U.S. persons and pays interest on those
loans. Cred -- https://mycred.io -- is a global financial services
platform serving customers in over 100 countries. Cred is a
licensed lender and allows some borrowers to earn a yield on
cryptocurrency pledged as collateral.

Cred Inc. and its affiliates sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr.
D. Del. Lead Case No. 20-12836) on November 7, 2020. Cred was
estimated to have assets of $50 million to $100 million and
liabilities of $100 million to $500 million as of the bankruptcy
filing.

Judge John T. Dorsey oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Paul Hastings LLP as their bankruptcy counsel,
Cousins Law LLC as local counsel, and MACCO Restructuring Group,
LLC as financial advisor. Donlin, Recano & Company, Inc. is the
claims agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 3 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases on December 3,
2020.  The committee tapped McDermott Will & Emery LLLP as counsel
and Dundon Advisers LLC as financial advisor.

Robert Stark is the examiner appointed in the Debtors' cases.
Ashby & Geddes, P.A., and Ankura Consulting Group, LLC serve as the
examiner's legal counsel and financial advisor, respectively.


CTI BIOPHARMA: Reports $17.3M Net Loss for Quarter Ended March 31
-----------------------------------------------------------------
CTI BioPharma Corp. reported its financial results for the first
quarter ended March 31, 2021.

"The U.S. Food and Drug Administration's (FDA) acceptance of our
New Drug Application (NDA) for pacritinib with priority review and
a Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA) action date of November
30, 2021 brings us one step closer to providing pacritinib to
myelofibrosis patients with severe thrombocytopenia who are
underserved by existing therapies," said Adam R. Craig, M.D.,
Ph.D., president and chief executive officer of CTI Biopharma.  "We
continue to work diligently on our commercial preparedness and
expect to be ready to launch pacritinib in the United States this
year, pending approval by the FDA.  To that end, over the last
quarter, we progressed key pre-commercial activities to prepare for
a successful and rapid launch upon approval, including market
access, distribution and supply chain, disease education and field
force planning and deployment.  We look forward to continuing these
efforts, and to work closely with the FDA during its review of our
application."

Expected Milestones

   * PDUFA action date - November 30, 2021

   * Expected U.S. commercial launch of pacritinib – by the end
of
     2021

   * Reporting of interim analysis from the Phase 3 PRE-VENT trial

     in hospitalized patients with severe COVID-19 – Q3 2021

First Quarter Financial Results

Operating loss was $17.1 million and $11.9 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  The increase
in operating loss resulted primarily from increases in research and
development and general and administrative activities associated
with continued development and preparation for the
commercialization of pacritinib.

Net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $17.3
million, or $0.23 for basic and diluted loss per share, as compared
to a net loss of $12.2 million, or $0.20 for basic and diluted loss
per share, for the same period in 2020.

As of March 31, 2021, cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments totaled $37.2 million, as compared to $52.5 million as
of Dec31, 2020.  On April 6, 2021 the Company completed an equity
financing with net proceeds of $53.8 million, which enables the
Company to fund its operations into the fourth quarter of 2021.

                       About CTI BioPharma

Headquartered in Seattle, Washington, CTI BioPharma Corp. is a
biopharmaceutical company focused on the acquisition, development
and commercialization of novel targeted therapies for blood-related
cancers that offer a unique benefit to patients and their
healthcare providers.  The Company concentrates its efforts on
treatments that target blood-related cancers where there is an
unmet medical need.  In particular, the Company is focused on
evaluating pacritinib, its sole product candidate currently in
active development, for the treatment of adult patients with
myelofibrosis.  In addition, the Company has recently started
developing pacritinib for use in hospitalized patients with severe
COVID-19, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

CTI Biopharma reported a net loss of $52.45 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $40.02 million for
the year ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of March 31, 2021, the Company
had $42.79 million in total assets, $16.14 million in total
liabilities, and $26.65 million in total stockholders' equity.

Seattle, Washington-based Ernst & Young LLP, the Company's auditor
since 2018, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated March 17, 2021, citing that the Company has suffered losses
from operations and has stated that substantial doubt exists about
the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.


CYPRUS MINES: Insurers Push Back on Claims Rep. Pick
----------------------------------------------------
Law360 reports that Cyprus Mines and its insurers sparred before a
Delaware bankruptcy judge Wednesday over the appointment of a
future claims representative in the talc miner's Chapter 11 case,
with the insurers arguing a candidate endorsed by the company and
current tort claimants would lack independence.

At a virtual hearing before U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Laurie Selber
Silverstein, counsel for Cyprus and its committee of current tort
claimants argued their candidate was the only one with direct
experience as a claims representative, while Cyprus' insurers
argued a representative was needed that would take a hard look at
the validity of current claims and attorneys.

                     About Cyprus Mines Corporation

Cyprus Mines Corporation is a Delaware corporation and a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Cyprus Amax Minerals Co., which is an
indirect subsidiary of Freeport-McMoRan Inc.  It currently has
relatively limited business operations, which include the ownership
of various parcels of real property, certain royalty interests that
generate de minimis revenue (e.g., less than $1,500 in each of the
past two calendar years), and the ownership of an operating
subsidiary that conducts marketing activities.

Cyprus Mines is a predecessor in interest of Imerys Talc America,
Inc. In June 1992, Cyprus Mines sold its talc-related assets to RTZ
America Inc. (later known as Rio Tinto America, Inc.) through a
two-step process. First, Cyprus Mines transferred its talc-related
assets and liabilities (subject to minor exceptions) to Cyprus Talc
Corporation, a newly formed subsidiary of Cyprus Mines, pursuant to
an Agreement of Transfer and Assumption, dated June 5, 1992.
Second, Cyprus Mines sold the stock of Cyprus Talc Corporation to
RTZ pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement, also dated June 5, 1992
(as amended, the "1992 SPA"). The purchase price was approximately
$79.5 million. Cyprus Talc Corporation was later renamed Imerys
Talc America, Inc. By virtue of the 1992 ATA, the entity now named
Imerys expressly and broadly assumed the talc liabilities of Cyprus
Mines and its former subsidiaries that were in the talc business.

Cyprus Mines filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection (Bankr. D.
Del. Case No. 21-10398) on Feb. 11, 2021, listing between $10
million and $50 million in assets, and between $1 million and $10
million in liabilities.

The Hon. Laurie Selber Silverstein is the case judge.

The Debtor tapped Reed Smith LLP, led by Kurt F. Gwynne, Esq., as
bankruptcy counsel; Kasowitz Benson Torres, LLP as special
conflicts counsel; and Prime Clerk LLC as claims agent.

James L. Patton, Jr. was appointed as the future claimants'
representative in the Debtor's Chapter 11 case. The FCR tapped
Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, LLP as his bankruptcy counsel and
Gilbert, LLP as his special insurance counsel.

The U.S. Trustee for Regions 3 and 9 appointed an official
committee of tort claimants on March 4, 2021. The tort committee is
represented by Caplin & Drysdale, Chartered and Campbell & Levine,
LLC.  Province, LLC, serves as the tort committee's financial
advisor.


DECO-USA: Unsecureds to Recoup Allowed Claims in 12 Months
----------------------------------------------------------
Deco-USA, LLC, filed a Chapter 11 Plan and Disclosure Statement on
May 28, 2021.  The Plan will be funded out of the operations of the
business and capital or loan contributions from the equity holders.
  

Treatment of Claims Under the Plan

Class 1 Santa Rosa Holdings, LLC

Class 1 Claimant is the holder of a note for $4,018,000 which is
secured by a lien on approximately eight acres of land in Bexar
County, Texas.  To the extent allowed, the Class 1 Claim will be
amortized over 25 years with monthly payments at 4% fixed interest
and will mature 10 years after the Effective Date.  The monthly
payments of approximately $21,208 will be paid on the 15th day of
the month following the Effective Date and on the 15th day of each
month thereafter until paid.

Class 2 General Unsecured Claims

The Debtor scheduled four unsecured creditors, which totals
$34,457.  These claims will be paid in 12 equal monthly
installments of $3,000 per month which includes interest at 2% per
annum.  The monthly payments will be made on the 25th of the month
following the Effective Date, and on the 25th of each month
thereafter until paid.

Class 3 Equity Interest of the Debtor.  Ligia Aguilar and
Moderoli, LLC will retain their interest in the Debtor.

Post-confirmation, Caurum Petra, LLC and/or Ligia Aguilar will
manage the Debtor.

A copy of the Disclosure Statement is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3icjtxj from PacerMonitor.com.

                         About Deco-USA LLC

Deco-USA LLC is a Single Asset Real Estate debtor (as defined in
Section 101(51B) of the Bankruptcy Code).  The Debtor is the fee
simple owner of two properties located in San Antonio, Texas having
a total appraised value of $6.45 million.

The Debtor filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No.
21-50679) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Western
District of Texas on May 28, 2021.

As of the Petition Date, the Debtor disclosed $6,455,518 in total
assets and $4,070,289 in total liabilities.  Raul Aguilar, manager,
signed the petition.  Judge Craig A. Gargotta is assigned to the
case.  DEAN W. GREER is the Debtor's counsel.


DORIAN LPG: Posts $92.56 Million Net Income in Fiscal 2021
----------------------------------------------------------
Dorian LPG Ltd. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
its Annual Report on Form 10-K disclosing net income of $92.56
million on $315.94 million of total revenues for the year ended
March 31, 2021, compared to net income of $111.84 million on
$333.43 million of total revenues for the year ended March 31,
2020.

As of March 31, 2021, the Company had $1.58 billion in total
assets, $634.79 million in total liabilities, and $946.83 million
in total shareholders' equity.

As of March 31, 2021, the outstanding balance of the Company's
long-term debt, net of deferred financing fees of $10.6 million,
was $591.5 million including $51.8 million of principal on the
Company's long-term debt scheduled to be repaid during the year
ending March 31, 2022.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended March
31, 2021 was $170.6 million compared with $169.0 million for the
year ended March 31, 2020. The increase is primarily related to
changes in working capital, mainly from amounts due from the Helios
Pool as distributions from the Helios Pool are impacted by the
timing of the completion of voyages and spot market rates,
partially offset by a reduction in operating income.

Net cash flow from operating activities depends upon the Company's
overall profitability, market rates for vessels employed on voyage
charters, charter rates agreed to for time charters, the timing and
amount of payments for drydocking expenditures and unscheduled
repairs and maintenance, fluctuations in working capital balances
and bunker costs.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $1.0 million for the
year ended March 31, 2021, compared with net cash used in investing
activities of $33.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2020. For
the year ended March 31, 2021, net cash provided by investing
activities was comprised of $15.0 million in proceeds from the
maturity of short-term investments, partially offset by our capital
expenditures of $9.5 million and $4.7 million in purchases of
investment securities.

Net cash used in financing activities was $174.5 million for the
year ended March 31, 2021, compared with net cash used in financing
activities of $114.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2020. For
the year ended March 31, 2021, net cash used in financing
activities consisted of the repurchase of common stock of $126.2
million, repayments of long-term debt of $99.4 million, and
payments of financing costs of $4.2 million, partially offset by
$55.4 million of proceeds from long-term debt borrowings.

A full-text copy of the Form 10-K is available for free at:

https://www.sec.gov/ix?doc=/Archives/edgar/data/1596993/000159699321000026/lpg-20210331x10k.htm

                         About Dorian LPG

Stamford, Connecticut-based Dorian LPG Ltd. --
http://www.dorianlpg.com-- is a liquefied petroleum gas shipping
company and an owner and operator of modern very large gas
carriers.  Dorian LPG's fleet currently consists of twenty-four
modern VLGCs, including its nineteen new fuel-efficient 84,000 cbm
ECO-design VLGCs, three 82,000 cbm VLGCs, and two time chartered-in
VLGCs.  Dorian LPG has offices in Stamford, Connecticut, USA;
London, United Kingdom; Copenhagen, Denmark; and Athens, Greece.

                            *   *   *

This concludes the Troubled Company Reporter's coverage of Dorian
LPG until facts and circumstances, if any, emerge that demonstrate
financial or operational strain or difficulty at a level sufficient
to warrant renewed coverage.


DOUBLE EAGLE III: Fitch Withdraws 'B' IDR Amid Notes Redemption
---------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has withdrawn Double Eagle III Midco 1 LLC's (Double
Eagle) Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) of 'B'/Rating Watch
Positive, following completion of Pioneer Natural Resources
redemption of Double Eagle's 7.750% Senior Notes due 2025.

Fitch is withdrawing the rating of Double Eagle following the May
4, 2021 closing of Pioneer's acquisition of Double Eagle and the
subsequent completion of Pioneers redemption of Double Eagle senior
secure debt on May 18, 2021.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Not applicable as the ratings have been withdrawn.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.



EAGLE HOSPITALITY: Fights Bid to Have Singapore Cases Dismissed
---------------------------------------------------------------
Leslie A. Pappas of Bloomberg Law reports that Eagle Hospitality
Group's Singapore-based entities can continue to carry out Chapter
11 proceedings in Delaware after a bankruptcy court rejected Bank
of America NA's bid to dismiss their cases.

Bank of America asked the court to dismiss the cases in its role as
the administrative agent for a group of pre-bankruptcy lenders that
are owed $341 million.

One of the Singapore entities, Eagle Hospitality Real Estate Trust
(EH-REIT), qualifies under Singapore law as a "business trust"
because it carries out business activities, Judge Christopher S.
Sontchi of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware
said Tuesday in a hearing.

                      About Eagle Hospitality Group

Eagle Hospitality Trust -- https://eagleht.com/ -- is a hospitality
stapled group comprising Eagle Hospitality Real Estate Investment
Trust ("Eagle H-REIT") and Eagle Hospitality Business Trust. Based
in Singapore, Eagle H-REIT is established with the principal
investment strategy of investing on a long-term basis, in a
diversified portfolio of income-producing real estate which is used
primarily for hospitality and/or hospitality-related purposes, as
well as real estate-related assets in connection with the
foregoing, with an initial focus on the United States.

EHT US1, Inc., and 26 affiliates, including 15 LLC entities that
each owns hotels in the U.S., sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr.
D. Del. Lead Case No. 21-10036) on Jan. 18, 2021.

EHT US1, Inc., estimated $500 million to $1 billion in assets and
liabilities as of the bankruptcy filing.

The Debtors tapped PAUL HASTINGS LLP as bankruptcy counsel; FTI
CONSULTING, INC., as restructuring advisor; and MOELIS & COMPANY
LLC, as investment banker.  COLE SCHOTZ P.C. is the Delaware
counsel.  RAJAH & TANN SINGAPORE LLP is Singapore Law counsel, and
WALKERS is Cayman Law counsel.  DONLIN, RECANO & COMPANY, INC., is
the claims agent.


EASTERN PACIFIC: Gets OK to Hire Tepfer & Tepfer as Special Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Eastern Pacific Corp. received approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Eastern District of New York to employ Tepfer &
Tepfer, P.C. as its special counsel.

The Debtor needs the firm's legal assistance in connection with the
sale of its property located at 1843 Eastern Pacific Parkway,
Brooklyn, N.Y.  

The firm will receive a flat fee of $4,000.

Herbert Tepfer, Esq., at Tepfer & Tepfer, disclosed in a court
filing that he is a disinterested person as such term is defined in
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Herbert Tepfer, Esq.
     Tepfer & Tepfer, P.C.
     4429 18th Ave.
     Brooklyn, NY 11204
     Phone: +1 718-854-7200

                    About Eastern Pacific Corp

Brooklyn, N.Y.-based Eastern Pacific Corp is a single asset real
estate debtor (as defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101(51B)).  It owns
a real property in Brooklyn valued at $1.3 million.

Eastern Pacific filed its voluntary petition under Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 20-41322) on March 2,
2020.  Eugene Burshtein, president of Eastern Pacific, signed the
petition.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor disclosed
$1,302,000 in assets and $1,050,000 in liabilities.  Judge Nancy
Hershey Lord oversees the case.  

Rosenberg Musso & Weiner, LLP and Tepfer & Tepfer, P.C. serve as
the Debtor's bankruptcy counsel and special counsel, respectively.


EHT US1: BofA Loses Bid to Dismiss Singapore Debtors' Cases
-----------------------------------------------------------
Bankruptcy Judge Christopher S. Sontchi denied the request of Bank
of America, N.A., to dismiss the Chapter 11 petitions of three
non-U.S. debtors -- the parent debtors -- in the jointly
administered cases of EHT US1, Inc.

The Parent Debtors are:

     (i) Eagle Hospitality Real Estate Trust or EH-REIT (Case No.
21-10120);

    (ii) Eagle Hospitality Trust S1 Pte. Ltd. or EHT-S1 (Case No.
21-10037); and

   (iii) Eagle Hospitality Trust S2 Pte. Ltd. or EHT-S2 (Case No.
21-10038).

BofA is the Administrative Agent for a group of lenders under a
credit agreement, dated as of May 16, 2019, and as amended.  In
March 2020, the Agent issued a notice of default and acceleration
of the Credit Agreement under which a principal amount of $341
million had been borrowed. To date, the debt remains unpaid.

BofA asserts that: (i) the Parent Debtors' case serve no valid
reorganizational purpose; (ii) there is not an ongoing concern to
preserve, and, even if there was, the Parent Debtors have not shown
that Chapter 11 maximizes value that would be lost outside of
bankruptcy; (iii) EH-REIT's windup must adhere to statutory
requirements under section 295 of Singapore's Securities and
Futures Act ("SFA"), and not the U.S. Bankruptcy Code; (iv) should
the property sales of the U.S. hotels generate sufficient proceeds
to satisfy the creditor claims at the U.S. debtors, those proceeds
will flow up to Singapore special purpose vehicles, and then
continue to flow to an REIT trustee, without the need of any
reorganization or restructuring to occur; and (v) the sole purpose
of the Parent Debtors' bankruptcy cases is to drain millions of
dollars in professional costs from the U.S. Debtors' estates.

The core issue is whether a real estate investment trust organized
under the SFA is a "business trust" that is eligible to be a
"debtor" under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

EH-REIT is the ultimate parent and EHT-S1 and EHT-S2 are
intermediate holding companies of an integrated business enterprise
formed to own hotels and earn profits from these hotels in order to
provide returns to the equity or unit holders.  EH-REIT is part of
a stapled trust, Eagle Hospitality Trust or EHT, consisting of
EH-REIT and non-Debtor Eagle Hospitality Business Trust or EH-BT.
The equity units in EH-REIT and EH-BT were stapled together and
issued as stapled securities.  The units or shares in the EH-REIT
were issued exclusively to non-U.S. investors.

EH-BT is not a business under the law of the Republic of Singapore,
but it is a species of trust authorized to manage or operate a
business, as a business trust regulated by Singapore's Business
Trusts Act.  EH-BT was established to safeguard against the
possibility that no appropriate third party lessees could be found
for any of EH-REIT's hotel properties and is, therefore, the
"master lessee of last resort," as EH-REIT (or its subsidiaries)
could not lease the hotels to themselves. EH-BT has never been
activated and EH-BT is currently dormant and has de minimus assets
and no operations.

The equity units in the EH-REIT are a "collective investment
scheme," authorized under Singapore's SFA Chapter 289, pursuant to
which a trustee acts for the benefit of unit holders, by means of a
Singapore trust deed. The original parties to the Trust Deed were a
Singapore corporation, Eagle Hospitality REIT Management Pte. Ltd.
as REIT Manager, and a Singapore banking affiliate, DBS Trustee
Limited as the REIT Trustee. The Trust Deed makes clear that acts
taken by the REIT Trustee in its capacity as trustee of EH-REIT
bind EH-REIT, and not DBST. In other words, acts superficially or
nominally taken "by" the REIT Trustee (in its capacity as trustee)
are, in truth, acts of EH-REIT.

According to BofA, non-U.S. equity investors pooled resources to
invest, indirectly, in two Singapore SPVs:

     (i) one SPV indirectly holds the interests in the Debtors;
and

    (ii) the other was set up to fund capital to a subsidiary that
provided a loan to a holding company for the Debtors.

Each of the Singapore SPVs is a non-operating limited company
organized under the laws of Singapore.

Each of the Singapore SPVs - EHT-S1 and EHT-S2 -- is a
non-operating limited company organized under the laws of
Singapore. EHT-S2 owns a Cayman Islands subsidiary or Cayman Corp.
1 -- EHT-S1 owns shares in Cayman Corp. 1 -- that lends to, the
top-level U.S. holding company Debtor, known as EHT US1, Inc.
Passive rental income generated, through leases, from the Debtors'
real estate properties, would be expected to flow upstream as
dividends from the Debtors owning hotels, through several layers of
holding companies to EHT US1, then through the Singapore SPVs -- in
part in the form of interest payments paid by EHT US1 to Cayman
Corp. 1, and then distributed by it to EHT-S2 -- and ultimately to
the REIT Trustee.

In rejecting BofA's request, Judge Sontchi explained, "Declining to
follow several cases holding that whether an entity is a business
trust is a question of federal law, the Court embraces the bedrock
principle of Butner v. United States that bankruptcy judges should
not unsettle non-bankruptcy rights in the absence of a clear
directive from Congress. Thus, the Court must look to the law of
Singapore, which governs the existence and operation of the REIT,
to determine whether the REIT is a business trust. Having done so,
the Court holds that the REIT is a business trust and, thus, is an
eligible debtor under the Bankruptcy Code."  Judge Sontchi further
held that the cases of the REIT and the two Singapore affiliates
were filed in good faith.

A copy of the Court's June 1, 2021 Opinion is available at
https://bit.ly/3vPMvGO from Leagle.com.

Counsel to Bank of America, N.A.:

     Mark D. Collins, Esq.
     Brendan J. Schlauch, Esq.
     Megan E. Kenney, Esq.
     RICHARDS, LAYTON & FINGER, P.A.
     One Rodney Square
     920 North King Street
     Wilmington, DE 19801
     E-mail: collins@rlf.com
             schlauch@rlf.com
             kenney@rlf.com

          - and -

     P. Sabin Willett, Esq.
     MORGAN, LEWIS & BOCKIUS LLP
     One Federal St.
     Boston, MA 02110-1726
     E-mail: sabin.willett@morganlewis.com

          - and -

     Jennifer Feldsher, Esq.
     MORGAN, LEWIS & BOCKIUS LLP
     101 Park Ave.
     New York, NY 10178-0060
     E-mail: jennifer.feldsher@morganlewis.com

          - and -

     David M. Riley, Esq.
     MORGAN, LEWIS & BOCKIUS LLP
     2049 Century Park East, Suite 700
     Los Angeles, CA 90067-3109
     E-mail: david.riley@morganlewis.com

                    About Eagle Hospitality Group

Eagle Hospitality Trust -- https://eagleht.com/ -- is a hospitality
stapled group comprising Eagle Hospitality Real Estate Investment
Trust and Eagle Hospitality Business Trust.  Based in Singapore,
Eagle H-REIT is established with the principal investment strategy
of investing on a long-term basis in a diversified portfolio of
income-producing real estate, which is used primarily for
hospitality or hospitality-related purposes as well as real
estate-related assets in connection with the foregoing, with an
initial focus on the United States.

EHT US1, Inc. and 26 affiliates, including 15 LLC entities that
each owns hotels in the U.S., sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr.
D. Del. Lead Case No. 21-10036) on Jan. 18, 2021.

EHT US1 estimated $500 million to $1 billion in assets and
liabilities as of the bankruptcy filing.

The Debtors tapped Paul Hastings LLP and Cole Schotz P.C. as their
bankruptcy counsel, FTI Consulting Inc. as restructuring advisor,
and Moelis & Company LLC as investment banker.  Rajah & Tann
Singapore LLP and Walkers serve as Singapore Law counsel and Cayman
Law counsel, respectively.  Donlin, Recano & Company, Inc. is the
claims agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 3 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors on Feb. 4, 2021.  The committee tapped Kramer
Levin Naftalis & Frankel, LLP as its bankruptcy counsel, Morris
James LLP as Delaware counsel, and Province, LLC, as financial
advisor.

                           *     *     *

The Debtors have commenced a sale process aimed at maximizing the
value of the Debtors' assets.  On May 28, 2021, the Court entered
four sale orders authorizing the sale of all but one of the
Debtors' hotels for approximately $482 million.


ELECTRO SALES: Gets OK to Hire RE/MAX New Heights as Broker
-----------------------------------------------------------
Electro Sales & Service, Inc. received approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Texas to hire RE/MAX
New Heights, LLC to market for sale its real property.

The firm will charge a commission equal to 6 percent of the sales
price on any property owned by the Debtor.

RE/MAX does not represent any interest adverse to the Debtor and
its estate, according to court papers filed by the firm.

The firm can be reached through:

     Misty Volluz
     RE/MAX New Heights LLC
     5936 Broadway
     San Antonio, TX 78209
     Phone: +1 210-824-1476
     Email: mistywillfindit@gmail.com

                   About Electro Sales & Service

Electro Sales & Service, Inc. filed its voluntary petition for
relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Texas
Case No. 21-50546) on May 3, 2021. At the time of the filing, the
Debtor disclosed $500,001 to $1 million in assets and $100,001 to
$500,000 in liabilities.  Judge Ronald B King oversees the case.
David T. Cain, Esq., represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


EMERALD GRANDE: Court Nixes Suit over Botched Hotel Sale
--------------------------------------------------------
In the case, Emerald Grande, LLC Plaintiff. v. KM Hotels, LLC, and
Safe Harbor Title Company, LLC, Defendants, Adv. Proc. No.
1:20-ap-00028 (Bankr. N.D. W.Va.), Bankruptcy Judge Paul M. Black
granted the Defendants' motions for summary judgment, denied the
Plaintiff's motion for summary judgment, and dismissed the Amended
Complaint.

Emerald Grande sued KM and Safe Harbor for damages for an alleged
breach of a hotel sale contract and escrow agreement.  The Debtor
owns a hotel operating as a La Quinta Inn & Suites in Kanawha
County, West Virginia. In June 2016, torrential flood waters
destroyed the culvert bridge connecting the Elkview Hotel to the
public road. Access to the Elkview Hotel was not restored until
over a year later. The Debtor filed a voluntary chapter 11 petition
on January 11, 2017.

After filing its petition, the Debtor hired a real estate brokerage
firm to market and sell the Elkview Hotel.  KM offered to purchase
the Elkview Hotel for $3,600,000 and entered into a Purchase and
Sale Agreement with the Debtor on August 9, 2019. The Court
approved the PSA and authorized the sale by Order entered September
11, 2019.

The sale did not close due to a title dispute. On September 20,
2019, KM sent a letter to the Debtor objecting to certain title
exceptions related to encroachments and access to the Elkview
Hotel. To satisfy those objections and deliver insurable title, the
title company required that COMM 2013, the secured creditor of Tara
Retail Group, LLC, release or subordinate its deed of trust on the
Elkview Crossings Shopping Mall. COMM 2013 refused to do so.

On January 29, 2020, KM sent a conditional notice to the Debtor
terminating the PSA. On April 13, 2020, KM requested return of its
deposit and terminated the PSA. Safe Harbor returned the $500,000
escrow deposit to KM, upon KM's request, but without the Debtor's
consent.

The Debtor filed a complaint initiating the adversary proceeding on
June 25, 2020, asserting claims against KM and Mayur Patel, KM's
managing member, for an alleged breach of the PSA, and against Safe
Harbor for an alleged breach of an Earnest Money Escrow Agreement.
On August 17, 2020, the Debtor filed a First Amended Complaint
removing Patel as a defendant and including amended allegations to
address issues raised by Safe Harbor in its motion to dismiss the
initial complaint. The Debtor contends that it delivered good title
to KM and that Safe Harbor could not return the escrow deposit
without its consent. The Amended Complaint seeks damages in the
amount of no less than $3,600,000 against KM for breach of the PSA,
and damages of no less than $500,000 from Safe Harbor for breach of
the Escrow Agreement. In the alternative, the Debtor asks for a
decree of specific performance compelling KM to close the
transactions described in the PSA.

KM contends it properly terminated the contract after the Debtor
failed to cure certain title defects. Safe Harbor contends that it
did not breach the escrow agreement by returning the earnest money
deposit to KM upon its termination of the contract.

According to Judge Black, KM's obligation to close the transactions
contemplated in the PSA was conditioned upon the Debtor's covenant
to deliver insurable title. KM was no longer bound to close on the
Elkview Hotel without the insurable title it bargained for. KM sent
a termination letter to the Debtor on April 13, 2020 giving notice
that it was not performing under the PSA due to the uncured title
deficiencies.  Judge Black held that the Debtor's non-performance
of its covenant constituted a failure to comply with a condition
precedent which excused KM's further performance under the PSA.
Accordingly, the Court finds that KM did not breach the PSA.
Therefore, KM is entitled to judgment as a matter of law.

A copy of the Court's May 28, 2021 Memorandum Opinion is available
at https://bit.ly/3wTWyed from Leagle.com.

                     About Emerald Grande LLC

Emerald Grande, LLC, owns and operates two hotel properties, the La
Quinta Inn and Suites adjacent to the Elkview Crossings Shopping
Mall, in Elkview, West Virginia; and the La Quinta Inn and Suitest
adjacent to the Merchants Walk Shopping Mall, in Summersville, West
Virginia. It also owns a real estate development in Charleston
(Kanawha City), West Virginia.

Emerald Grande filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. N.D. W.Va. Case
No. 17-00021) on Jan. 11, 2017. The petition was signed by William
A. Abruzzino, managing member. The case was initially assigned to
Judge Patrick M. Flatley.  Judge Paul M. Black later took over.

The Debtor estimated assets and liabilities at $10 million to $50
million at the time of the filing. The Debtor is represented by
Steven L. Thomas, Esq., at Kay, Casto & Chaney PLLC. The Debtor
employs Woomer, Nistendirk & Associates PLLC as accountant; and
Realcorp, LLC, as broker, with Jon Cavendish serving as the listing
agent, to market and sell its property in Kanawha County, West
Virginia.

No official committee of unsecured creditors has been appointed.

Premier Bank, Inc., as successor by merger to First Bank of
Charleston, Inc., is represented by Bailey & Glasser, LLP.



ENERGY TRANSFER: Fitch Assigns BB Rating on Preferred Units
-----------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'BB' preferred equity rating to Energy
Transfer LP's (ET) planned issuance of Preferred Units. The
Preferred Units will rank on parity with ET's existing Series A
through Series G Preferred Units. Proceeds from the offering are
expected by Fitch to primarily repay outstanding senior
indebtedness. Fitch assigns ET's preferred equity, including the
proposed issuance, a 50% equity credit, and a 50% debt credit.

ET's Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) is 'BBB-' and its Rating
Outlook is Stable.

ET's ratings reflect the partnership's large scale, diverse assets
and geography, as well as its pre-dominantly fee-based operations.
Rating concerns include volumetric risk, counterparty credit risk
and, with respect to the Dakota Access Pipeline asset (DAPL), and
the potential for adverse rulings (from a court or regulator).

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Leverage to Decline: Fitch calculates that ET's leverage for 2020
was approximately 5.5x. Based on the sound execution in a
once-in-ten- or once-in-thirty-year cold snap in February 2021,
Fitch now expects 2021 leverage to significantly below its previous
forecast of 5.0x. With consolidated capex projected in 2022 at
historically lower levels, leverage is projected to be under
meaningfully below 5.0x in YE 2022.

Uncertainty with DAPL: ET is an indirect owner of DAPL, and with a
36.4% indirect stake, is its largest owner. ET also operates the
pipeline. Although DAPL has operated for approximately four years,
it still faces challenges from potential governmental events. Most
recently, the Biden administration informed a federal district
court judge that it was engaged in fulfilling that judge's
requirement for the evaluation of a more comprehensive permitting
document than the extant document.

Moreover, the Biden administration in proceedings earlier this year
informed the federal district court that it would make no move at
this time to cause DAPL to halt its service. The district court
ruled last month that it denied DAPL's legal opponent's request for
an injunction on DAPL's operation. DAPL has recently asked the
Court of Appeals in D.C. for an en banc hearing to consider whether
a three-judge panel of that court erroneously gave, in a mixed
ruling dated April 2021, a certain component of the ruling that was
negative for DAPL.

Fitch expects that any significant defeats for DAPL at either the
district court and/or the appeals court level, or at the executive
branch will be appealed in time to the U.S. Supreme Court. While
not expected in Fitch's rating case, Fitch projects that ET's
credit profile could absorb the financial impacts of a meaningfully
adverse ruling on DAPL.

Stable Cash Flows: Fitch expects ET to maintain a high level of
fee-based or hedged cash flow in excess of 75% on a run-rate basis,
which the addition of Enable enhances. As ET has grown its asset
base, the percentage of gross margin supported by fee-based
contracts has increased, with the partnership moving toward being
largely fee-based or hedged, due in part to new projects coming
online with heavy fee-based components. Enable will increase the
partnership's cash flows from fee-based arrangements.

Societal: DAPL continues to be at the center of certain
environmental groups opposition to hydrocarbon extraction, and the
pipeline's courtroom adversaries include some Native American
groups.

ET has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Human Rights, Community
Relations, Access & Affordability, as ET is the operator and
largest stakeholder in the Dakota Access Pipeline (DAPL), which has
met social resistance and ongoing legal battles that have had
negative impacts on the credit profile and is relevant to the
rating in conjunction with other factors.

ET has an ESG Relevance Score of '3' for Group Structure. Formerly,
the score was '4.' The change in score to '3' partly reflects, in
the aggregate of the movement of debt that is the cause of this
assignment of an ST IDR (among other moves). The change also partly
reflects the increase in disclosure transparency that has been
evident since ET consummated the equity buy-in of 2018 (as then
rendered, ticker ET bought in ticker ETP).

DERIVATION SUMMARY

ET's ratings reflect the company's size and diversity. Leverage for
the partnership at LTM 1Q21 is currently low for its multi-year
history. Fitch forecasts 2022 leverage will be meaningfully below
5.0x. In size and diversity, the partnership is comparable to
Kinder Morgan Inc. (KMI; BBB/Stable) and TC Energy Corporation
(TRP; A-/Stable).

KMI has a lower historical profile for leverage and more stable
cash flows, which drive the one notch separation. KMI is expected
to have leverage at or slightly below 5.0x in fiscal 2020. ET's
higher run-rate leverage and slightly higher business risk explains
the rating difference between KMI and ET. Higher rated TRP has more
stable cash flows than KMI, and 95% come from either regulatory
rate orders or long-term contracts, which is a significant factor
in its 'A-' rating. TRP's year-end leverage has been in the
5.0x-5.6x range over the past few years.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

-- Fitch price deck;

-- Distributions remain flat in the forecast period;

-- Cash builds in the forecast years and Fitch assumes ET would
    direct excess cash flow to additional growth capex, share
    repurchases, debt reduction and/or distribution increases.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Total debt with equity credit to operating EBITDA expected to
    be sustained at or below 4.5x on a consolidated basis;

-- Divestment of large segments of the company that have higher
    than-company-average business risk;

-- Extensive success in re-contracting pipelines to both extend
    weighted average contract life and increase take-or-pay
    contract profile (or similar revenue assurance structure [with
    strong counter-parties]), without cutting medium-term rates.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Total debt with equity credit to operating EBITDA on a
    consolidated basis expected to be sustained at or above 5.5x
    (see summary of financial adjustments);

-- Unwillingness to fund growth capital needs in a credit
    friendly manner;

-- Increasing commodity exposure above 30% (run-rate basis, i.e.,
    not reflective of some super-spike in commodity prices) at the
    ETO legacy operating segments (or similar increase in
    aggregate business risk) could lead to a negative rating
    action if leverage were not appropriately decreased to account
    for increased earnings and cash flow volatility;

-- An adverse ruling at DAPL that materially impacts the credit
    profile and/or liquidity.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Ample Liquidity: As of March 31, 2021, ET had approximately $4.4
billion of consolidated liquidity, which included $4.08 billion of
available capacity under its revolving credit facility that matures
in December 2023, and $355 million of unrestricted cash on hand.
Additionally, ET has full availability under a $1.0 billion 364-day
credit facility, which matures in November 2021. Maturities should
be manageable on a consolidated basis, with no one year having too
high of a maturity wall.

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL ADJUSTMENTS

ET's adjusted EBITDA and total debt are calculated on a
consolidated basis with one exception. The proportional share of
ET's recourse DAPL debt (note: all DAPL debt is consolidated) is
included with the definition of debt; the leverage denominator
includes DAPL dividends to ET, not consolidated EBITDA. As for
unconsolidated affiliates under GAAP, equity in earnings of
unconsolidated affiliates are excluded from the definition of
adjusted EBITDA, while distributions from such affiliates are
included. Fitch assigns 50% equity credit and 50% debt credit to
both the subordinated debt and preferred securities issued by
Panhandle Eastern Pipeline Co. and ET, respectively.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Energy Transfer LP has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Exposure
to Social Impacts due to {DESCRIPTION OF ISSUE/RATIONALE}, which
has a negative impact on the credit profile, and is relevant to the
rating[s] in conjunction with other factors.

Energy Transfer LP has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Human
Rights, Community Relations, Access & Affordability due to
{DESCRIPTION OF ISSUE/RATIONALE}, which has a negative impact on
the credit profile, and is relevant to the rating[s] in conjunction
with other factors.

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


EPIC ARCADES: Taps Hoyt, Filippetti & Malaghan as Accountant
------------------------------------------------------------
Epic Arcades SC, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of South Carolina to hire Hoyt, Filippetti &
Malaghan, LLC as its accountant.

The Debtor requires an accountant to prepare its state and federal
tax returns for the 2020 tax year.

Hoyt, Filippetti & Malaghan will charge $175 per hour for the
services of Terence Malaghan, a certified public accountant and
principal at the firm, and $100 per hour for staff.  

The firm will charge a flat fee of $750 to prepare the tax returns.


As disclosed in court filings, Hoyt, Filippetti & Malaghan is a
"disinterested person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of
the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Terence J. Malaghan, CPA
     Hoyt, Filippetti & Malaghan, LLC
     1041 Poquonnock Rd
     Groton, CT 06340
     Phone: +1 860-536-9685

                      About Epic Arcades SC

Epic Arcades SC, LLC sought protection for relief under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. S.C. Case No. 21-101080) on April
16, 2021.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor disclosed $100,001
to $500,000 in assets and $500,001 to $1 million in liabilities.
Judge John E Waites presides over the case.  Barton Brimm, PA and
Hoyt, Filippetti & Malaghan, LLC serve as the Debtor's legal
counsel and accountant, respectively.


EVEREST REAL ESTATE: Mackey Files 5th Ombudsman Report
------------------------------------------------------
Dr. Thomas A. Mackey, Patient Care Ombudsman for Everest Real
Estate Investments, LLC, filed a Fifth Report with the Bankruptcy
Court on the findings and observations noted during his May 27
visit at the Debtor's facility -- SE Texas ER & Hospital in Humble,
Texas.

The PCO noted, among others, that:

   a. The Debtor continues to provide COVID-19 testing to the staff
and community as requested.  Approximately 90% of the staff have
requested and been vaccinated.

   b. The Debtor has sufficient nurses and other staff to cover the
number of patients currently under care.  The number of health care
provider (nurses, physicians, therapist, etc.) hours devoted to
patient care is sufficient to maintain the quality and safety of
care equal to or greater than [before] the Chapter 11 filing.

   c. There were no patient complaints.  

   d. The Harris County Health Department recently visited to
inspect the kitchen and dietetics portion of the hospital.  The
Debtor passed with a 98% score.

   e. Previous PCO reports indicated areas of concern related to a
lack of drug interaction checking prior to prescribing medications
for in-patients and out-patients.  The Debtor continues to utilize
a system called Drugs.com to perform a drug interaction checks for
all in-patients and out-patients.  The check is verified by placing
a form in the patient's chart and signed by the pharmacist.  Once
again, the PCO viewed patient charts to verify the process is
actually occurring.

The PCO concluded that there is no compromise in the quality and
safety of patient care by the Debtor since the last PCO visit nor
since filing for Chapter 11.  To the contrary the Debtor devotes
significant time and effort to improving care delivery, the PCO
added.

A copy of the 5th Ombudsman Report is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3ppkjZa from PacerMonitor.com.

               About Everest Real Estate Investments

Everest Real Estate Investments, LLC -- http://www.setexaser.com/
-- is a health care services provider established in Humble, Texas
specializing in general acute care hospital.  It offers completely
comprehensive medical care, treating both major and minor
injuries.

Everest Real Estate filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. S.D. Tex.
Case No. 20-34077) on August 14, 2020.  In the petition signed by
Thomas Vo, M.D., majority owner of managing partner, the Debtor was
estimated to have at least $50 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Judge Christopher M. Lopez oversees the case.  The Debtor tapped
The Gerger Law Firm, PLLC as its legal counsel.


EVOKE PHARMA: Obtains Patent for Gimoti Nasal Spray From USPTO
--------------------------------------------------------------
The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) issued US
patent No. 11,020,361 to Evoke Pharma, Inc. for Gimoti
(metoclopramide) nasal spray.  The patent covers methods of use for
nasal delivery of metoclopramide for the treatment of
gastroparesis.

Gimoti is Evoke's nasal spray product for the relief of symptoms in
acute and recurrent diabetic gastroparesis.  The U.S. Food and Drug
Administration (FDA) approved the New Drug Application for Gimoti
in June 2020.  This new patent, entitled "Nasal Formulations of
Metoclopramide," carries a patent term to at least 2029 and is
expected to be listed in the FDA's Orange Book.

                        About Evoke Pharma

Headquartered in Solana Beach, California, Evoke --
http://www.evokepharma.com-- is a specialty pharmaceutical company
focused primarily on the development of drugs to treat GI disorders
and diseases.  The Company is developing Gimoti, a nasal spray
formulation of metoclopramide, for the relief of symptoms
associated with acute and recurrent diabetic gastroparesis in adult
women.

Evoke Pharma reported a net loss of $13.15 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $7.12 million for
the year ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of March 31, 2021, the Company
had $19.29 million in total assets, $11.48 million in total
liabilities, and $7.81 million in total stockholders' equity.

BDO USA, LLP, in San Diego, California, the Company's auditor since
2014, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
March 11, 2021, citing that the Company has had recurring losses
and negative cash flows from operations since inception and expects
to continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future.  The
determination as to whether the Company can continue as a going
concern includes consideration of managements operating plan and
anticipated timing of future cash flows.


FLORIDA HOMESITE: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
----------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 21, until further notice, will not
appoint an official committee of unsecured creditors in the Chapter
11 case of Florida Homesite Developers, LLC, according to the court
docket.
    
                 About Florida Homesite Developers
  
Florida Homesite Developers, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 21-14081) on
April 28, 2021.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor had between
$1 million and $10 million in both assets and liabilities.  Judge
Mindy A. Mora oversees the case.  Susan D. Lasky, Esq., at Sue
Lasky, PA, is the Debtor's legal counsel.


FRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS: Hires New CFO After Chapter 11 Exit
------------------------------------------------------------
Nina Trentmann of The Wall Street Journal reports that Frontier
Communications Parent Inc. has hired a new executive to take charge
of its finances just weeks after the telecommunications company
emerged from bankruptcy.

Norwalk, Conn.-based Frontier, which operates in 25 states, said on
Wednesday that Scott Beasley would become its new chief financial
officer, effective June 14.

Last May 2021, Mr. Beasley said he planned to resign as CFO of
Arcosa Inc.  He had served in that post at the Dallas-based
provider of infrastructure products and services since November
2018.  Before joining Arcosa, Mr. Beasley worked at rail
transportation company Trinity Industries Inc., including about two
years as its CFO.

Mr. Beasley will succeed Sheldon Bruha, who is stepping down as
Frontier’s CFO to pursue other opportunities. Mr. Bruha took up
the role in June 2019 after serving as interim finance chief since
September 2018.

Mr. Beasley is taking over Frontier's finance function after the
company in April completed its bankruptcy restructuring, which
began in April 2020. Under chapter 11 protection, Frontier cut its
debt by about $11 billion and reduced its annual interest expense
by approximately $1 billion, the company said.

Frontier is currently reviewing its operations, costs and
organizational structure as it works to reduce its reliance on
copper-based legacy networks and lay more fiber-optic cables, the
company said in a statement.

Frontier spent the past decade adding new fiber cables in areas
AT&T Inc., CenturyLink Inc. and Verizon Communications Inc. don't
cover, adding to its debt load. Still, Frontier's reputation
suffered as its digital subscriber lines failed to deliver the
speed expected by broadband customers.

The Federal Trade Commission and six states filed a civil lawsuit
in May alleging Frontier misled consumers by providing slower
internet speeds than promised. The company said the lawsuit is
without merit.

Frontier's review of its operations, which the company expects to
complete in August, will build on its initial fiber strategy
launched during its chapter 11 bankruptcy. The company said in
April it would invest heavily to expand its network, which serves
about three million internet customers.

Frontier spent $384 million on capital expenditures during the
quarter ended March 31, up from $286 million in the prior-year
period. Revenue during the quarter fell 6.3% to $1.68 billion from
the same period last year, while the company swung from a $186
million loss a year earlier to net income of $60 million.

"Frontier has a newly strengthened balance sheet and Scott brings
considerable experience in corporate finance that will be critical
as we invest in building our high-speed fiber network," President
and Chief Executive Nick Jeffery said in a statement.

                     About Frontier Communications

Frontier Communications Corporation (OTC: FTRCQ) offers a variety
of services to residential and business customers over its
fiber-optic and copper networks in 25 states, including video,
high-speed internet, advanced voice, and Frontier Secure
digital protection solutions. Frontier Business offers
communications solutions to small, medium, and enterprise
businesses.

Frontier Communications Corporation and 103 related entities sought
Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Lead Case No. 20-22476) on
April 14, 2020.

Judge Robert D. Drain oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Kirkland & Ellis LLP as legal counsel; Evercore
as financial advisor; and FTI Consulting, Inc., as restructuring
advisor. Prime Clerk is the claims agent, maintaining the page
http://www.frontierrestructuring.com/and
https://cases.primeclerk.com/ftr

The U.S. Trustee for Region 2 appointed a committee to represent
unsecured creditors in Debtors' Chapter 11 cases. The committee
tapped Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP as its counsel; Alvarez
& Marsal North America, LLC, as financial advisor; and UBS
Securities LLC as an investment banker.





FUTURUM COMMUNICATIONS: Seeks Cash Collateral Access Thru June 28
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Futurum Communications Corporation asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of Colorado for authority to use cash collateral
in accordance with the budget through June 28, 2021.

The Debtor explains it has an immediate need to use cash collateral
to preserve and maintain its business. The Debtor has not paid
employees or since the commencement of the Chapter 11 case in March
2021.  The Debtor has paid a utilities bill of $7,518 for its
Denver office and data center to avoid termination and has paid
$600 for workers compensation insurance.

The Debtor, as borrower, and Collegiate Peaks Bank, as Lender, are
parties to an operating line of credit dated as of November 19,
2015, Loan No. 470267003.  The Lender asserts a balance of
$368,580.  They are also parties to a loan dated March 2, 2020,
Loan No. 481206440075, which the Lender asserts has a balance of
$1,1331,523.

The Lender asserts a first priority lien and security interest in,
to and against substantially all of the Debtor's prepetition
assets.  However, the Lender does not assert a security interest in
the Debtor's stock in Fundamental Holdings Corp. dba Peak Internet.
The Lender also does not assert a first priority lien in the
Debtor's property which may be subject to a properly perfected
purchase money security interest.

The Debtor represents that it and Consara Financing, LLC, entered
into a loan agreement in March 2019, pursuant to which the Debtor
pledged as collateral an agreement between the Debtor and Cascade
Village Community Association dated September 7, 2018, among other
collateral. Consara filed a UCC-1 financing statement on March 8,
2019. In its amended schedule D, Debtor asserted it owes Consara
$27,86.99. Consara is owned in part by James Culhane, who is a
shareholder in and an officer and director of Debtor.

The Debtor and Leaf Capital Funding, LLC entered into a loan
agreement in November 2019, pursuant to which the Debtor pledged as
collateral accounts and general intangibles, among other property.
The Debtor and Leaf entered into another loan agreement in March
2021, pursuant to which the Debtor pledged as collateral accounts
and general intangibles, among other property. Leaf filed UCC-1
financing statements on November 25, 2019 and March 5, 2021,
identifying accounts receivable and general intangibles, among
other property. In its amended schedule D, the Debtor asserts it
owes Leaf $40,000 and $75,000, for the 2019 and 2021 loans,
respectively.

In addition to proposed replacement liens, superpriority
administrative expense, and covenants, the Debtor requests
authority to make adequate protection payments as follows: $11,550
to Collegiate Peaks; $84,000 to Baker; and $6,500 to Consara. The
Debtor also seeks authority to pay Collegiate Peaks any Grant Funds
it may receive, including the Grant Funds that existed or may have
existed in a Reimbursement Account on the Petition Date.

A copy of the Motion is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3vMY8OS from PacerMonitor.com.

             About Futurum Communications Corporation

Futurum Communications Corporation -- https://forethought.net -- is
an independent locally owned internet, cloud and communications
service provider with offices in Denver, Grand Junction and
Durango, offering a portfolio of enterprise-level cloud hosting,
colocation, Internet, voice and data solutions. Futurum provides
services to end users through both direct provision or service over
company-owned facilities -- "last mile" -- copper, fiber optic
cable, and wireless; and resale of network elements from companies
such as CenturyLink, Zayo and others. Its residential customers
generally operate on a month-to-month basis, while commercial and
government customers generally have longer term contracts with
various end dates.

Futurum Communications sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 21-11331) on March 21,
2021.  Jawaid Bazyar, president, signed the petition.  In the
petition, the Debtor disclosed assets of between $1 million and $10
million and liabilities of the same range.

Judge Kimberley H. Tyson oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Hoff Law Offices, P.C. as its legal counsel and
Cook Forensics, LLC as its accountant.



GBT TECHNOLOGIES: Issues $106K Convertible Note to Redstart
-----------------------------------------------------------
GBT Technologies Inc. entered into a securities purchase agreement
with Redstart Holdings Corp., an accredited investor, pursuant to
which the Company issued to Redstart a Convertible Promissory Note
in the aggregate principal amount of $106,200 for a purchase price
of $88,500.  

The Redstart Note has a maturity date of Aug. 26, 2022 and the
Company has agreed to pay interest on the unpaid principal balance
of the Redstart Note at the rate of six percent per annum from the
date on which the Redstart Note is issued until the same becomes
due and payable, whether at maturity or upon acceleration or by
prepayment or otherwise.  The Company shall have the right to
prepay the Redstart Note, provided it makes a payment including a
prepayment to Redstart as set forth in the Redstart Note.  The
transactions closed on May 28, 2021.

The outstanding principal amount of the Redstart Note may not be
converted prior to the period beginning on the date that is 180
days following the Issue Date.  Following the 180th day, Redstart
may convert the Redstart Note into shares of the Company's common
stock at a conversion price equal to 85% of the lowest trading
price with a 20-day look back immediately preceding the date of
conversion.  In addition, upon the occurrence and during the
continuation of an Event of Default (as defined in the Redstart
Note), the Redstart Note shall become immediately due and payable
and the Company shall pay to Redstart, in full satisfaction of its
obligations hereunder, additional amounts as set forth in the
Redstart Note.

The issuances of the Redstart Note was made in reliance upon the
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Act.

In no event shall Redstart be allowed to effect a conversion if
such conversion, along with all other shares of Company common
stock beneficially owned by Redstart and its affiliates would
exceed 4.9% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the
Company.  The foregoing descriptions of the terms of the
transactions do not purport to be complete and are qualified in
their entirety by reference to the provisions of such agreements.

                             About GBT

Headquartered in Santa Monica, CA, GBT Technologies, Inc. is
targeting growing markets such as development of Internet of Things
(IoT) and Artificial Intelligence (AI) enabled networking and
tracking technologies, including wireless mesh network technology
platform and fixed solutions, development of an intelligent human
body vitals device, asset-tracking IoT, and wireless mesh networks.
The Company derived revenues from the provision of IT services.
The Company is seeking to generate revenue from the licensing of
its technology.

GBT Technologies reported a net loss of $17.99 for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $186.51 for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2019.  As of March 31, 2021, the Company had $4.83 million
in total assets, $25.45 million in total liabilities, and a total
stockholders' deficit of $20.62 million.

Lakewood, CO-based BF Borgers CPA PC, the Company's auditor since
2017, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
March 31, 2021, citing that the Company's significant operating
losses raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a
going concern.


GENCANNA GLOBAL: Insurers Directed to Produce Docs
--------------------------------------------------
In the case, OGGUSA, INC. Plaintiff, v. W.I.S.E. UNDERWRITING
AGENCY LIMITED, et al., Defendants, Case No. 20-50133 (Bankr. E.D.
Ky.), Bankruptcy Judge Gregory R. Schaaf granted, in part, the
Motion of GenCanna Global USA, Inc., n/k/a OGGUSA, to Strike
Defendants' Improper Objections to GenCanna's Discovery Requests
and Compel Defendants to Promptly Produce Requested Information and
for Sanctions Pursuant to Fed. R. Civ. P. 37.

OGGUSA seeks communications with, and documents created by
third-party advisors, CSL Global, LTD, BakerTilly US, LLP, and
Enderle & Romans, PLLC.  The threshold issue is whether OGGUSA is
entitled to information from third-parties hired to assist with the
Defendants' investigation of the Plaintiff's insurance claim.

The Defendants contend the communications and work product of their
Third-Party Advisors are protected from discovery because the
advisors are consulting experts hired in anticipation of
litigation. The Defendants also assert the attorney-client
privilege applies to at least some of the information. The
Plaintiff contends the Third-Party Advisors were hired in the
ordinary course of business to investigate and evaluate its
insurance claim and the information is relevant and discoverable.

Judge Schaaf said the evidence presented by the Defendants is not
sufficient to satisfy their burden to prove that the relevant
information sought by the Plaintiff is protected from discovery.
CSL Global, BakerTilly, and Enderle were not hired as consulting
experts; they were retained to assist with the decision to assume
or deny the property damage claim. Their work product, Judge Schaaf
pointed out, related to the claims analysis, including but not
limited to investigative documents, reports, coverage opinions, and
any other written analysis, is discoverable unless protected by
another privilege.

Accordingly, Judge Schaaf held that any objections to disclosure of
information from CSL Global, BakerTilly, and Enderle is overruled.
The Defendants is directed to provide an updated privilege log and
produce relevant information within 21 days.  No sanctions are
imposed. The record reflects problems, but they have not yet risen
to a level that requires action, Judge Schaaf said.

OGGUSA owned a hemp processing facility in Winchester, Kentucky.
On November 7, 2019, the Winchester facility and any product housed
therein were destroyed by an explosion and fire.  OGGUSA was
insured under a Market Reform Contract issued by defendant Talisman
Casualty Insurance Company, LLC.  OGGUSA made a claim under the
Market Reform Contract.  Defendant W.I.S.E Underwriting Agency
Limited was responsible for administering the insurance and the
claim.  The Defendants did not issue a coverage decision before
OGGUSA initiated litigation.

A copy of the Court's May 28, 2021 Memorandum Opinion and Order is
available at https://bit.ly/34JEibi from Leagle.com.

                     About GenCanna Global USA

GenCanna Global USA, Inc. -- https://www.gencanna.com/ -- is a
vertically-integrated producer of hemp and hemp-derived cannabidiol
products with a focus on delivering social, economic and
environmental impact through seed-to-scale agricultural
production.

GenCanna Global USA was the subject of an involuntary Chapter 11
proceeding (Bankr. E.D. Ky. Case No. 20-50133) filed on Jan. 24,
2020. The involuntary petition was signed by alleged creditors
Pinnacle, Inc., Crawford Sales, Inc., and ntegrity/Architecture,
PLLC.  

On Feb. 6, 2020, GenCanna Global USA consented to the involuntary
petition and on Feb. 5, 2020, two affiliates, GenCanna Global Inc.
and Hemp Kentucky LLC, filed their own voluntary Chapter 11
petitions.

Laura Day DelCotto, Esq., at DelCotto Law Group PLLC, represents
the petitioners.

The Debtors tapped Benesch Friedlander Coplan & Aronoff, LLP and
Dentons Bingham Greenebaum, LLP as legal counsel, Huron Consulting
Services, LLC as operational advisor, and Jefferies, LLC as
financial advisor. Epiq is the claims agent.

The Office of the U.S. Trustee appointed a committee of unsecured
creditors on Feb. 18, 2020.  The committee tapped Foley & Lardner
LLP as its bankruptcy counsel, DelCotto Law Group PLLC as local
counsel, and GlassRatner Advisory & Capital Group, LLC as financial
advisor.


GOGO INC: All Five Proposals Approved at Annual Meeting
-------------------------------------------------------
Gogo Inc. held its 2021 annual meeting of stockholders at which the
stockholders:

   (1) elected Michele Coleman Mayes, Robert H. Mundheim, and
       Harris N. Williams as Class II directors to serve a three-
       year term expiring at the Company's 2024 annual meeting of
       stockholders or until their successors are duly elected and
       qualified;

   (2) approved the advisory resolution approving executive
       compensation;

   (3) approved a yearly frequency of future advisory
       votes approving executive compensation;

   (4) approved the Company's Section 382 Rights Plan; and

   (5) ratified the appointment of Deloitte & Touche LLP as the
       Company's independent registered public accounting firm for

       the fiscal year ending Dec. 31, 2021.

In light of the vote, the Company has determined that it will
include an advisory stockholder vote on the compensation paid to
its named executive officers in its proxy materials every year
until the next required frequency vote.

                          About Gogo Inc.

Gogo Inc. -- http://www.gogoair.com-- is an inflight internet
company that provides broadband connectivity products and services
for aviation.  It designs and sources innovative network solutions
that connect aircraft to the Internet, and develop software and
platforms that enable customizable solutions for and by its
aviation partners.  Gogo's products and services are installed on
thousands of aircraft operated by the leading global commercial
airlines and thousands of private aircraft, including those of the
largest fractional ownership operators. Gogo is headquartered in
Chicago, IL, with additional facilities in Broomfield, CO, and
locations across the globe.

Gogo Inc. reported a net loss of $250.04 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $146 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of March 31, 2021, the Company had $687.73
million in total assets, $1.32 billion in total liabilities, and a
total stockholders' deficit of $631.50 million.


H&S EXPRESS: Amended Plan, Disclosure Statement Win Court OK
------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Gregory L. Taddonio confirmed the Plan of H&S Express, Inc.,
as amended, and approved the Disclosure Statement to that Plan as
containing adequate information.

The confirmed Plan incorporated the terms of the stipulations the
Debtor reached with each of BMO Harris Bank, N.A.; ENGS Commercial
Finance Company; and PNC Equipment Finance, LLC, thereby amending
the Plan dated April 5, 2021.

A copy of the confirmation order is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3cdVLwQ from PacerMonitor.com

                         About H&S Express

H&S Express, Inc., a Fairbank, Pa.-based freight shipping trucking
company, sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. W.D. Pa. Case No. 20-22811) on Sept. 29, 2020. The petition
was signed by Kevin L. Hlatky, the company's president.  At the
time of the filing, the Debtor estimated assets of between $500,001
and $1 million and liabilities of the same range.  Bononi &
Company, P.C., is the Debtor's legal counsel.





HANNON ARMSTRONG: Fitch Affirms 'BB+' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Hannon Armstrong Sustainable
Infrastructure Capital's (Hannon) and its indirect subsidiaries
Long-Term Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs) at 'BB+'. Additionally,
Fitch has affirmed Hannon's senior secured revolving recourse
credit facility at 'BBB-' and its unsecured debt at 'BB+'. The
Rating Outlook is Stable.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

IDRs AND SENIOR DEBT

The ratings affirmation reflects Hannon's established, niche,
market position within the renewable energy financing sector,
experienced management team, diversified investment portfolio,
strong credit track record and underwriting culture. The
affirmation also reflects the company's adherence to leverage
targets that are commensurate with the portfolio's risk profile,
demonstrated access to public equity and unsecured debt markets and
long-term relationships with its customers.

Rating constraints include modest scale and dependence on access to
the capital markets to fund portfolio growth, given reduced ability
to retain capital with expected dividend distributions.
Additionally, Hannon's opportunistic shift in the portfolio mix
towards higher-risk mezzanine debt and equity exposures, as well as
its increased project sponsor concentration, are viewed negatively
by Fitch.

Hannon's asset quality metrics remained relatively strong in 2020
and 1Q21 despite impacts from the ongoing pandemic and recent
extreme weather-related disruptions in Texas. The company
categorized 0.3% of its total portfolio as impaired, and another
1.5% at a moderate probability for impairments at 1Q21, which are
up from a 1.5% combined at YE 2020. The company holds an allowance
for losses against the receivables portfolio which amounted to 3.1%
of receivables, up from 2.2% a year ago. As the portfolio shifts
more towards equity method investments, Fitch will monitor write
downs and impairments to assess the portfolio's overall credit
performance.

Fitch believes Hannon is likely to experience some deterioration in
credit and operating performance near term, given direct exposure
to consumers in residential solar projects, exposures to
non-government entities in energy efficiency projects, exposure to
variability in commodity prices, and due to expected delays in
certain construction projects as a result of the pandemic.

Hannon's profitability metrics have been consistent in recent years
with pre-tax income, adjusted for the economic reality of equity
method investment income in preferred equity transactions, as a
percentage of average assets at 3% for the TTM ended 1Q21,
comparable to 2019-2020 levels. Profitability has improved from
2018, and prior levels mostly due to an increase in higher-yielding
investments, as well as fee income from increased securitization
activity, both of which are expected to continue in the future.

Leverage, as measured by par debt-to-tangible equity, was 1.6x at
1Q21; up modestly from 1.4x at 1Q20, but below the company's
long-term leverage target of up to 2.5x. While Hannon does not have
a defined leverage limit by asset class, consolidated leverage
factors in the portfolio mix and an assessment of the credit,
liquidity, and price volatility of investments. Fitch believes
Hannon's leverage target is appropriate for the portfolio risk and
ratings, and expects Hannon to maintain appropriate headroom to the
target to account for potential increases in mezzanine or equity
investments.

Hannon issued $919 million in unsecured bonds during 2020 and 1Q21,
including $144 million in convertible bonds, bringing the unsecured
debt mix to 76% of total on balance sheet debt outstanding at March
31, 2021, which is a significant improvement from 2019 at 47%. This
has been accompanied by commensurate growth in unencumbered assets,
which Fitch views favorably.

Fitch views Hannon's liquidity position as adequate. Liquidity
resources at 1Q21 included $232 million in cash, $400 million
availability on the new unsecured revolving facility, as well as
further availabilities on secured credit facilities. Upcoming
recourse debt maturities include $150 million of convertible notes
due Sept. 1, 2022, which the company expects to convert into
equity. Funding obligations include loan funding commitments and
significant equity commitments towards ongoing projects, and are
expected to be met by continued debt and equity issuances. The new
unsecured revolver is expected to provide bridge financing reducing
the need for upfront cash, as well as a better ability to time
capital issuances.

The Stable Rating Outlook reflects Fitch's expectation for broadly
consistent operating performance, continuation of strong asset
quality trends, leverage management in a manner that is consistent
with the portfolio's risk profile and maintenance of the improved
funding and mix of unsecured debt.

The one-notch uplift to the senior secured revolving recourse
credit facility rating versus Hannon's IDR, reflects the
first-priority security interest in Hannon's assets and Fitch's
expectations for above-average recovery prospects under a stressed
scenario.

The equalization of the unsecured debt rating with Hanon's IDR
reflects the unsecured funding profile and the availability of the
unencumbered asset pool, which suggests average recovery prospects
for debtholders under a stressed scenario.

SUBSIDIARY RATINGS

HAT Holdings I LLC's and HAT Holdings II LLC's ratings are
equalized with Hannon's, as they are intermediate holding
companies.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

IDRs AND SENIOR DEBT

Factor that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action include:

-- The ability to demonstrate franchise resilience in an
    increasingly competitive environment, maintenance of the
    strong portfolio credit trends and unsecured funding mix over
    longer periods of time, and a reduction in leverage, as
    measured by gross on-balance sheet debt to tangible equity, to
    1.5x or below, on a sustained basis, with no material change
    in the current risk profile of the portfolio.

Factor that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action include:

-- A sustained increase in leverage above 2.5x and/or a material
    shift in Hannon's risk profile, including increases in
    mezzanine debt and/or equity investments, such that they
    represent the majority of portfolio. A spike in non-accrual
    levels or write-down in equity investments, material
    deterioration in operating performance including a decline in
    the securitization business, which represents a meaningful
    proportion of annual revenues, weaker funding flexibility,
    including a decline in the proportion of unsecured funding,
    and/or weaker core earnings coverage of dividends could also
    be negative for ratings.

The secured and unsecured debt ratings are linked to the Long-Term
IDR and would be expected to move in tandem. However, a meaningful
decline in the amount of unsecured debt in the capital structure,
in favor of secured borrowings, and/or a meaningful decline in
unencumbered assets could result in a wider notching for the
unsecured debt rating.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Financial Institutions and
Covered Bond issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario
(defined as the 99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in
a positive direction) of three notches over a three-year rating
horizon; and a worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative
direction) of four notches over three years. The complete span of
best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating
categories ranges from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario
credit ratings are based on historical performance.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Hannon Armstrong Sustainable Infrastructure Capital, Inc. has an
ESG Relevance Score of '4' [+] for Exposure to Social Impacts as
the shift in consumer awareness and preferences toward renewable
energy and ESG aspects benefits the company's business model and
its earnings and profitability, which has a positive impact on the
credit profile, and is relevant to the rating[s] in conjunction
with other factors.

Hannon Armstrong Sustainable Infrastructure Capital, Inc. has an
ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Exposure to Environmental Impacts as
Hannon is exposed to extreme weather events on some of its assets
and operations and any hedges or other offsets are usually
imperfect in nature, which has a negative impact on the credit
profile, and is relevant to the rating[s] in conjunction with other
factors.

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


HELIUS MEDICAL: Board Grants Special Stock Option Award to CEO
--------------------------------------------------------------
The Board of Directors of Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.
approved a grant to Dane C. Andreeff, the Company's interim
president and chief executive officer, of a special stock option
award pursuant to the Company's 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as
amended.  

The option award was approved and recommended to the Board by the
Compensation Committee in recognition of Mr. Andreeff's continued
service as interim president and chief executive officer since
August 2020 and election to take no additional compensation and
continue to be compensated as a non-employee director of the
Company while serving in that capacity.

Pursuant to the option award, Mr. Andreeff has the right to
purchase up to 90,000 shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock.
The option award was granted with an exercise price per share
equal to the closing price of the Class A Common Stock of the
Company on June 2, 2021, the date of grant, has a 10 year term and
was fully vested and exercisable as of the date of grant.  The
option award will be evidenced by a stock option grant notice and
option agreement.

                       About Helius Medical

Helius Medical Technologies -- http://www.heliusmedical.com-- is a
neurotech company focused on neurological wellness. Its purpose is
to develop, license or acquire non-invasive technologies targeted
at reducing symptoms of neurological disease or trauma.

Helius Medical reported a net loss of $14.13 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $9.78 million for
the year ended Dec. 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2021, the Company had
$14.66 million in total assets, $2.77 million in total liabilities,
and $11.90 million in total stockholders' equity.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania-based BDO USA, LLP issued a "going
concern" qualification in its report dated March 10, 2021, citing
that the Company has incurred substantial net losses since its
inception, has an accumulated deficit of $118.9 million as of Dec.
31, 2020 and the Company expects to incur further net losses in the
development of its business.  These conditions raise substantial
doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.


HORSE BUTTE EQUESTRIAN: Amy Mitchell Named Subchapter V Trustee
---------------------------------------------------------------
Gregory M. Garvin, acting United States Trustee for Region 18,
appointed Amy Mitchell as Subchapter V Trustee for Horse Butte
Equestrian Center, L.L.C.

Ms. Mitchell will be compensated at an hourly rate of $375 for her
services, pending Court approval, in addition to being reimbursed
for related expenses incurred.

A copy of the appointment notice is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3fKPBGE from PacerMonitor.com.

Ms. Mitchell's contact details:

    Amy Mitchell
    P.O. Box 2289
    Lake Oswego, OR 97035
    Telephone: (503) 675-9955
    Facsimile: (503) 675-9977 fax
    Email: mitchelltrustee@comcast.net

                About Horse Butte Equestrian Center

Horse Butte Equestrian Center, L.L.C. sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. D. Or. Case No. 21-31253) on May 28, 2021.

In the petition signed by Elizabeth C. McCool, manager, the Debtor
estimated between $1,000,000 and $10,000,000 in assets and between
$500,000 and $1,000,000 in liabilities.  

Judge Peter C. Mckittrick presides over the case.  VANDEN BOS &
CHAPMAN, LLP is the Debtor's counsel.   




HOSPITALITY INVESTORS: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
---------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 3 on June 1 disclosed in a court filing
that no official committee of unsecured creditors has been
appointed in the Chapter 11 case of Hospitality Investors Trust,
Inc.
  
                 About Hospitality Investors Trust

Headquartered in New York, Hospitality Investors Trust, Inc. --
http://www.HITREIT.com/-- is a self-managed real estate investment
trust that invests primarily in premium-branded select-service
lodging properties in the United States. As of Dec. 31, 2020,
Hospitality Investors Trust owns or has an ownership interest in a
total of 101 hotels, with a total of 12,673 guestrooms in 29
states.

Hospitality Investors Trust and subsidiary, Hospitality Investors
Trust Operating Partnership LP, sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 21-10831) on May 19, 2021. In the
petition signed by CEO and president, Jonathan P. Mehlman,
Hospitality Investors Trust disclosed total assets of
$1,701,867,000 as of March 31, 2021 and total liabilities of
$1,360,423,000 as of March 31, 2021.

The cases are handled by Honorable Judge Craig T. Goldblatt.

The Debtors tapped Proskauer Rose, LLP and Potter Anderson &
Corroon, LLP as legal counsel, and Jefferies LLC as financial
advisor. Morrison & Foerster, LLP serves as legal counsel to the
independent directors. Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC is the
Debtors' claims agent.


INFRASTRUCTURE AND ENERGY: Fitch Raises IDR to 'B', Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has upgraded the Issuer Default Ratings (IDR) of
Infrastructure and Energy Alternatives, Inc. and IEA Energy
Services LLC each to 'B' from 'B-'. Fitch has also upgraded the
long-term ratings on the company's senior first lien secured term
loan and revolver to 'BB'/'RR1' from 'BB-'/'RR1'. The Rating
Outlook is Stable.

IEA's ratings and Outlook reflect the company's improving EBITDA
margins, positive FCF, strong position in niche markets, and
increasing diversification. Fitch also considered the improving
economics of renewable energy, as well as management's focus on
better contract terms with customers.

Risks to the rating include company's high degree of fixed-price
contracts, sensitivity to working capital fluctuations, uncertainty
regarding the level of long-term wind power demand and the risk of
future cost overruns. As with other engineering and construction
companies, execution risk is significant. Failure to complete
projects on time and on budget could materially affect the
company's profitability and liquidity, potentially leading to a
negative rating action.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Strong Leverage: Fitch considers IEA's leverage (gross debt/EBITDA)
to be very strong for a 'B' category engineering and construction
(E&C) company, and one of the main drivers of the rating upgrade.
Fitch views the company's actions of paying down a material amount
of its outstanding debt as a prudent way to offset and manage
future execution risks. Going forward, Fitch considers the
company's capital structure as a moderate factor in its credit
profile, and expects to focus on execution, backlog growth, and
profitability as the main considerations for future positive rating
momentum.

Stable Profitability: Fitch believes the company's EBITDA margins
will likely remain in the mid-single-digit range over the next few
years; FFO and FCF margins are projected in the low-single-digit
range. Fitch anticipates the company's increased diversification
will aid in stabilizing the company's revenue volatility. In
particular, the company's coal ash remediation business is highly
regulated and should provide fairly consistent contracts, with
gradually increasing demand over time. IEA's improved and stable
profitability also supports Fitch's assumption that the company
will generate consistent FCF over time, adjusted for seasonality
and temporary working capital swings.

Strong Position in Niche Markets: IEA services relatively unique
construction end markets such as wind and renewable energy and
rail, in addition to industrial services. The company estimates it
has a 30% market share within the utility scale wind market, while
the top three contractors are estimated to service approximately
70% of total capacity. Fitch believes the company's position in
these unique and specialized markets provides benefits, such as
visibility into customers' long-term plans and an incumbency that
could lead to additional contracts.

Diversification Improving: Fitch considers IEA to be somewhat
diversified by end-market between Civil, Wind Power, and Rail and
expects the company will continue to look for opportunities to
expand further. Fitch believes additional diversification,
particularly via organic growth or internally funded acquisitions,
would be beneficial overall; however, there are inherent risks when
expanding into new markets and geographies. The focus on execution
will remain a priority. Fitch views the company's growing backlog
as favorable to the company's credit profile and the agency expects
backlog to remain relatively stable over the next one to two years.
Fitch also views the company's backlog diversification as a
meaningful contributor to the company's growth.

Supportive Legislative Environment: Fitch views the current
legislative environment regarding clean energy as positive for IEA.
Contracts underway and in backlog already qualify for tax credits
under current law, and individual states have committed to
transitioning to a greater proportion of renewable energy over the
next several years via Renewable Portfolio Standards (RPS) that
have been enacted on the state level. Recent U.S. federal spending
and tax proposals, whether passed in the current form or revised,
would further support IEA's growth over time and could present
additional upside to Fitch's ratings case assumptions.

Improving Renewable Economics: Fitch believes the improving
economics of wind and solar power is a strong tailwind for the
company. Fitch believes improved economics for both wind and solar
could offset some of the potential downside if federal tax credits,
specifically those for wind power construction, are not extended
beyond 2021. The company's expansion into solar presents a growth
platform driven by an increase in demand, somewhat lower execution
risk than wind and neutral-to-negative correlation with growth of
wind demand. Further improvement of the cost of renewable energy
production would also stabilize the long-term viability of its use,
independent of outside factors such as fossil fuel and commodity
costs, and the legislative environment.

Prudent Contract Bidding: Despite the supply of contracts across
IEA's various end-markets, management has also indicated its
intention to prudently bid on contracts in order to avoid exceeding
the company's capacity. Fitch believes this will mitigate some of
the risks associated with cost overruns, although the company will
still need to execute on its outstanding contracts.

Potential for Future Cost Overruns: Many of IEA's contracts,
particularly wind-power construction projects, have meaningful
exposure to weather risk. This could lead to unforeseen project
delays and subsequent cost overruns, which may negatively affect
IEA's liquidity and financial position. Fitch believes risks of
weather disruption will remain in future projects given the nature
of the company's business. However, Fitch believes the company has
implemented risk-mitigating conditions in recent contracts, which
it will likely continue to include going forward, such as more
frequent change order reviews.

Execution Risk: Fitch believes IEA has a meaningful degree of
execution risk. Nearly all of the company's contracts are on a
fixed price basis which increases the risk of change orders and
disputes. Management has expressed its intention to minimize
contract overruns through risk-mitigating actions; however, it must
continuously execute on these objectives. Execution risk could grow
as the company aims to expand into new end markets, which may
require additional training, experience or specialization in order
to effectively bid on new awards and complete them on time and on
budget.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

IEA's 'B' rating reflects the company's meaningful execution risk,
demonstrated by the cost overruns that have occurred in the past
which, along with seasonality, contributed to the company's
temporarily strained liquidity in 1Q19. Pro forma margins are
in-line or stronger than other 'B' category E&C peers such as Tutor
Perini (B+/Negative); however, they could be slightly more volatile
given IEA's smaller scale and lower backlog relative to size.
Leverage is strong for the rating category. Fitch believes the
company's diversification improved meaningfully following the two
acquisitions completed in 2018. The company also maintains a strong
position in the wind power construction market, and is well
prepared to compete across the various niche segments in which it
operates.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

Fitch's key assumptions within the rating case for the issuer
include:

-- Revenue increases in the low to mid-single digits annually
    through 2023, primarily as a result of new solar power
    construction partially offsetting the roll-off of wind
    construction, coupled with improved economics of renewable
    energy and various states' governments' planned shifts to
    renewables over the next several years;

-- Company begins executing on new rail projects in 2021;

-- Civil revenue is relatively flat throughout the forecast;

-- Margins remain relatively steady at each segment throughout
    the forecast period;

-- No discretionary debt repayment over the forecast;

-- Minimal capex spending requirements;

-- Series B and A preferred shares are not considered debt in
    accordance with Fitch's Corporates Criteria;

-- Company refinances outstanding obligations as they become due;

-- Fitch does not explicitly incorporate any acquisitions into
    the forecast, but recognize the company could use excess cash
    to pursue M&A;

-- No material cost overruns or project delays.

Recovery Assumptions

The recovery analysis assumes IEA would be reorganized rather than
liquidated, and would be considered as a going concern (GC). Fitch
has assumed a 10% administrative claim in the recovery analysis.

In Fitch's recovery analysis, potential default is assumed to come
from a combination of one or more of the following: significant
cost overruns cause project delays and significant cash
requirements, limiting the company's ability to service debt; or
the roll-off of wind tax credits results in a severe reduction of
wind power contracts and inclusion in the U.S. energy mix over the
long term, while the company is simultaneously unable to diversify
revenue streams enough to stem these declines.

Fitch assumes a pro forma $60 million as the going concern EBITDA
in its analysis. Fitch's recovery assumptions reflect a situation
where new wind construction declines significantly from current
levels, while the company experiences material project cost
overruns. The EBITDA value assumes a post-emergence level beyond
the trough which would hypothetically cause bankruptcy.

The GC EV multiple used in IEA's recovery analysis is approximately
5.0x. Fitch believes the company's business profile is sustainable,
although there is a degree of execution risk and some risk of cost
overruns. The 5x multiple is deemed appropriate, though on the low
end for U.S. Engineering and Construction peers due to the
company's low trading multiple for the sector and relatively small
scale when compared to the global E&C industry. Meanwhile, Fitch
also considered the company's very strong position in the niche
renewable construction industry and solid backlog.

Fitch notes that in this scenario, when compared with a liquidation
approach, a 50% accounts receivable recovery rate is used for the
liquidation value analysis due to the assumption that much of the
company's current project receivables would not be available to
pre-petition creditors as a result of project disputes/litigation.
It is customary within the industry for major disputes with project
owners to drag on for years, even post-bankruptcy, and in any case
would likely be settled for a significant discount.

The $75 million senior first lien secured revolving credit facility
is assumed to be fully drawn upon default. These assumptions result
in a three-notch uplift from the IDR and a Recovery Rating of
'RR1', reflecting outstanding recovery prospects.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that may, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action:

-- Backlog represents greater than 1.5x to 2.0x of annual revenue
    on average in order to support long-term growth and
    visibility;

-- Further end-market and project diversification and sustained
    annual revenue greater than $2 billion;

-- FCF margins consistently greater than 2.5%.

Factors that may, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action:

-- FFO leverage consistently above 3.0x;

-- Strained liquidity position as a result of aggressive bidding,
    project mismanagement, or material cost overruns.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Adequate Liquidity: Fitch considers IEA's liquidity position to be
strong at an estimated $148 million as of March 2021, comprised of
$95 million in cash and $53 million of revolver availability after
accounting for outstanding letters of credit (LoC). Fitch expects
current liquidity, coupled with projected FCF generation, will be
sufficient to cover typical working capital fluctuations, capex,
debt servicing, and other operational cash requirements over the
rating horizon. However, Fitch recognizes that IEA's intra-year
liquidity position could be vulnerable to seasonality, cost
overruns, and project delays, which could lead to a strain on the
company's financial profile and potential negative rating action if
managed ineffectively.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


J.C. PENNEY CO: Turns Over $105 Mil. Clayton Warehouse to Trustee
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Donnell Suggs of Atlanta Business Chronicle reports that J.C.
Penney Co. Inc. has turned over a 2.2 million-square-foot logistics
center in Clayton County to its bankruptcy trustee for $105
million, according to property records.

Glas Trust Co. LLC, which took back the massive warehouse and
distribution campus, is the designated agent for the department
store chain's debt restructuring. Just over a year ago, J.C. Penney
announced it was filing for Chapter 11 bankruptcy.

What it means: Glas Trust will put the 103-acre warehouse on the
market. Clayton County values the campus at $60 million, according
to property records.

The basics: The property is located at 5500 Frontage Road in Forest
Park about 5 miles south of Hartsfield Jackson International
Airport. Glas was appointed as trustee in connection with the
bankruptcy of the 119-year old American department store chain.
Glas is selling 160 J.C. Penney retail centers and six of its
warehouses.

What's next: If Glas seeks a buyer for the massive Clayton
warehouse, Atlanta's demand for industrial properties is strong.
Commercial real estate services firm Colliers International
recently reported Atlanta was one of the top U.S. markets for
occupancy gains. Each of those markets posted more than 5 million
square feet of positive absorption during the first three months of
the year.

Big numbers: Atlanta had $795 million in transaction volume for
industrial properties in the first quarter, Colliers said. Atlanta
also led U.S. markets in net absorption with 10.8 million square
feet, a reflection of how many companies continue filling
industrial space. Amazon has been the largest driver.

                      About J.C. Penney Co. Inc.

J.C. Penney Company, Inc. -- http://www.jcpenney.com/-- is an
apparel and home retailer, offering merchandise from an extensive
portfolio of private, exclusive, and national brands at over 850
stores and online.  It sells clothing for women, men, juniors,
kids, and babies.

On May 15, 2020, J.C. Penney announced that it has entered into a
restructuring support agreement with lenders holding 70% of its
first lien debt. The RSA contemplates agreed-upon terms for a
pre-arranged financial restructuring plan that is expected to
reduce several billion dollars of indebtedness.  

To implement the plan, J.C. Penney and its affiliates on May 15,
2020, filed voluntary petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Lead Case No.
20-20182).  At the time of the filing, J.C. Penney disclosed assets
of between $1 billion and $10 billion and liabilities of the same
range.

Judge David R. Jones oversees the cases.

The Debtors have tapped Kirkland & Ellis and Jackson Walker, LLP as
legal counsel; Katten Muchin Rosenman, LLP as special counsel;
Lazard Freres & Co. LLC as investment banker; AlixPartners, LLP as
restructuring advisor; and KPMG, LLP as tax consultant. Prime Clerk
is the claims agent, maintaining the page
http://cases.primeclerk.com/JCPenney        

A committee of unsecured creditors has been appointed in Debtors'
Chapter 11 cases. The committee is represented by Cole Schotz,
P.C., and Cooley, LLP.

                           *     *     *

J.C. Penney in November 2020 won approval to sell substantially all
of its retail and operating assets ("OpCo") to a group formed by
landlords Brookfield Asset Management, Inc. and Simon Property
Group and senior lenders through a combination of cash and new term
loan debt.

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP is serving as legal
counsel and BRG Capital Advisors, LLC, is serving as financial
adviser to Simon and Brookfield.


JACQUELINE K. PIETERSE: Judgment Creditors' Rep Dropped from Suit
-----------------------------------------------------------------
In the case, Jacqueline K. Pieterse, et al., Plaintiffs, v. Tyler
Donegan Duncan Real Estate Services, Inc., et al., Defendants, Adv.
Proc. No. 21-00061-MCR (Bankr. D. Md.), Pieterse and Jeffrey M.
Cahall seek declaratory relief and compensatory and punitive
damages in connection with a judgment obtained against them in
state court prior to the commencement of Pieterse's Chapter 11
bankruptcy case. All of the defendants filed motions to dismiss,
including John C. Hanrahan, who is named as a defendant because he
represents the state-court judgment creditors in Pieterse's
bankruptcy proceeding and signed and filed a proof of claim on
their behalf.

In a May 28, 2021 Memorandum Opinion, Bankruptcy Judge Maria Ellena
Chavez-Ruark grants Hanrahan's motion to dismiss because it fails
to state a claim upon which relief can be granted.  A copy of the
Court's decision is available at https://bit.ly/3g4D53x from
Leagle.com.

Tyler Donegan, Duncan Real Estate Services, Inc. and TD Healthmed
Realty Partners, LLC, on February 14, 2017, filed a complaint in
the Circuit Court for Frederick County against Pieterse, Cahall,
Keith Clever, HMRP, Inc. and TD Healthmed Realty Partners -
Robinwood, LLC, asserting causes of action for breach of employment
contract (Count I), interference with contracts (Count II),
interference with prospective advantage (Count III), conversion
(Count IV), civil conspiracy (Count V) and accounting (Count VI).
The State Court case is styled Tyler Donegan Duncan Real Estate
Services, Inc., et al. v. Jeffrey Cahall, et al., Case Number
10-C-17-000401.

                           *     *     *

In a separate decision, Judge Chavez-Ruark held that the Court will
abstain from exercising jurisdiction over the claims asserted in
the adversary proceeding.  Judge Chavez-Ruark said the state court
is best positioned to address allegations of misconduct in
connection with one of its proceedings, and the state appellate
courts are designed to hear and determine appeals from the state
trial courts.

Judge Chavez-Ruark said the automatic stay imposed by Section 362
of the Bankruptcy Code is modified to allow the First State Court
Appeal (i.e., Jeffrey M. Cahall, et al. v. Tyler Donegan Duncan
Real Estate Services, Inc., et al., Case Number CSA-REG-0195-2020)
and the Second State Court Appeal (i.e., Jacqueline Pieterse v.
Tyler Donegan Duncan Real Estate Services, Inc., Case Number
CSA-REG-0450-2020) to continue to final judgments and/or to
otherwise pursue the claims asserted in the Complaint to a final
judgment in the State Court, the Court of Special Appeals and/or
the Court of Appeals (as applicable).

The Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction with respect to the
allowance or disallowance of claims the Defendants may have in
Pieterse's bankruptcy case upon the final resolution of the appeals
and/or any other proceedings commenced or continued in the State
Court, the Court of Special Appeals and/or the Court of Appeals of
Maryland consistent with the terms of this Order.

Because the Court no longer has jurisdiction to consider the
remaining claims in the Complaint, the Court said the Complaint
before it is dismissed without prejudice.

A copy of the Court's Memorandum Opinion Regarding Order Abstaining
from Exercising Jurisdiction is available at https://bit.ly/3fLd7TS
from Leagle.com.

The bankruptcy case is, In re Jacqueline Kathleen Pieterse, Case
No. 20-17425 (Bankr. D. Md., August 7, 2020).


JDS FOURTH AVENUE: Owner Files for Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Sasha Jones of The Real Deal reports that developer Michael Stern's
JDS Fourth Avenue LLC, which owns a majority interest in a Park
Slope, Brooklyn condo project, has filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy
protection in Delaware.

The company has a 51 percent stake in the Park Slope condo project
at 613 Baltic Street, according to bankruptcy documents filed
Tuesday, June 1, 2021.  That property is the subject of a legal
battle between JDS Development and Staten Island-based construction
company Tona Construction & Management.

Previously, the construction company alleged that the developer
ignored their partnership agreement to build the 43-unit condo
building at 613 Baltic Avenue. In doing so, Stern withheld
financial information on the project and instead used JDS’ own
construction arm at inflated rates, the 2018 lawsuit claims.

The project has since been completed.  The lawsuit was moved to
bankruptcy court, given the filing.

Now, in the bankruptcy filing, the construction company's
litigation claim is included among the list of creditors who have
unsecured claims.  Others are FTI Consulting, which has a claim of
$178,922, and law firm Kasowitz Benson Torres LLP, with a claim of
$309,292.

Though Tona Construction was seeking at least $65.8 million in
damages in its lawsuit against the company, the unsecured claim
amount is listed as unknown.

                      About JDS Fourth Avenue LLC

JDS Fourth Avenue LLC is a condominium project owned by real estate
developer Michael Stern. JDS Fourth Avenue sought Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-10888) on June 1, 2021.  In
the petition signed by owner and managing member Michael Stern, JDS
estimated assets of between $1 million and $10 million and
estimated liabilities of between $1 million and $10 million.  The
cases are handled by Honorable Judge Karen B. Owens. The Debtor's
counsel is Scott D. Cousins of COUSINS LAW LLC.


JOHN MCDONNELL MCPHERSON: Arbitration Proceedings Can Continue
--------------------------------------------------------------
Bankruptcy Judge Michelle M. Harner lifted the automatic stay in
the Chapter 11 case of John McDonnell McPherson to allow
arbitration proceedings involving the Debtor and Camac Fund L.P.,
to proceed.

According to Judge Harner, "The parties in this contested matter
have very different views concerning a potential conflict between a
pending prepetition arbitration proceeding and this chapter 11
case. From the debtor's perspective, all of the issues overlap with
his reorganization efforts and thus should be resolved by this
Court. From the creditor's perspective, the arbitrator could
resolve most, if not all, issues between the parties, leaving just
the treatment of any resulting claim for the chapter 11 case. Like
many disputes, the Court fails to find an easy or bright line
solution resolving the matter in accordance with either party's
position. The dispute requires careful consideration of the
language of the arbitration agreement, the [Federal Arbitration
Act], and the [Bankruptcy] Code."

"Having reviewed all of the materials, applicable law, and the
parties' arguments, the Court concludes that it must defer to the
arbitration proceeding, but only as to the prepetition non-core
claims asserted by the parties in that proceeding. It will, in
turn, modify the automatic stay of section 362 of the Code for this
limited purpose. All other issues and claims between the parties
will remain subject to the automatic stay and resolution in
connection with this chapter 11 case."

Prior to the bankruptcy filing, the Debtor and Camac entered into a
Litigation Funding Agreement, under which Camac was to extend
financing to the Debtor in exchange for a percentage of the
Debtor's interest in certain whistleblower litigation cases.
Disputes arose between the parties under the Funding Agreement, and
Camac invoked its rights under the Funding Agreement's arbitration
clause. The Debtor filed a response disputing, among other things,
the validity of the arbitration and asserting counterclaims against
Camac. A hearing was scheduled in the arbitration proceeding, but
was stayed by the filing of the chapter 11 case.

A copy of the Court's June 1, 2021 Memorandum Opinion is available
at https://bit.ly/2Tzeb4t from Leagle.com.

John McDonnell McPherson filed a chapter 11 case (Bankr. D. Md.
Case No. 21-10205) on January 12, 2021.




LUMEN TECHNOLOGIES: Fitch Rates $1BB Notes Due 2029 'BB'
--------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'BB'/'RR4' rating to Lumen
Technologies, Inc.'s (Lumen) offering of $1 billion of senior
unsecured notes due 2029. Net proceeds from the offering together
with cash on hand, are expected to be used for general corporate
purposes, including the repayment of $1.231 billion of Lumen's
6.45% senior unsecured notes maturing June 15, 2021. Lumen's
Long-Term Issuer Default Rating is 'BB' and the Rating Outlook is
Stable.

The ratings primarily reflect Lumen's meaningful scale in
enterprise services as well as its progress in reducing debt,
extending maturities, lowering interest expense and ongoing
cost-reduction plans. Concerns include the impact on revenues and
EBITDA in 2022 as Connect America Fund II (CAF II) federal support
revenue goes away. The impact on FCF is expected to largely be
offset by lower capex as the CAF II program winds down.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Key Competitor in Business Services: Lumen operates in an industry
where scale is a key factor, and is a large competitor overall, the
second-largest operator serving business customers after AT&T Inc.
Lumen is modestly larger than the business customer operations of
Verizon Communications Inc. The company's network capabilities, in
particular a strong metropolitan network, and a broad product and
service portfolio emphasizing IP-based infrastructure and managed
services, provide the company with a solid base to grow enterprise
segment revenue.

Secular Challenges Facing Telecoms: In Fitch's view, Lumen
continues to face secular challenges similar to other wireline
operators in its residential business. Following the acquisition of
Level 3, the consumer operation became a much smaller part of the
overall business and accounts for approximately one-quarter of
revenue, down from 35% in 2016. Fitch expects this share to
continue to decline over time, given legacy revenue trends and a
more targeted investment strategy in the segment.

Prioritizing Debt Reduction: Lumen has been focused on delevering
since reducing its common dividend in February 2019 and is
targeting a net debt/adjusted EBITDA ratio of 2.75x-3.25x. Fitch
believes operating with lower leverage will better position the
company in the long term. Management has recently commented that it
is having discussions with its board regarding future capital
allocation policies as it makes progress toward its leverage
target, but nothing formal has been announced.

Cost Reductions: Lumen says it achieved a run rate of $830 million
in annualized cost savings in 4Q20 under initiatives set in motion
in early 2019. The company reached its target of $800 million-$1
billion of additional EBITDA-improving initiatives one year earlier
than planned. Achieving transformation savings will remain a
priority for the company but savings will no longer be reported.

Parent-Subsidiary Relationship: Fitch links the ratings of Lumen
and its operating subsidiaries, based on strong operational and
strategic ties.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Lumen has a relatively strong competitive position based on the
scale and size of its operations in the enterprise/business
services market. In this market, Lumen has a moderately smaller
revenue position than AT&T Inc. (BBB+/Stable) and is similar in
size to Verizon Communications Inc. (A-/Stable). All three
companies have an advantage with national or multinational
companies, given extensive footprints in the U.S. and abroad. Lumen
also has a larger enterprise business that notably differentiates
it from other wireline operators, such as Windstream Services, LLC
and Frontier Communications Holdings, LLC (BB-/Stable).

AT&T and Verizon maintain lower financial leverage, generate higher
EBITDA and FCF, and have wireless offerings providing more service
diversification compared with Lumen. FCF improved at Lumen due to
the dividend reduction, lower interest expense due to delevering
and cost synergies.

Lumen has lower exposure to the secularly challenged residential
market than wireline operators Frontier and Windstream. The
residential market held up relatively well during the coronavirus
pandemic but continues to face secular challenges. Incumbent
wireline operators face competition for residential broadband
customers from cable operators, including Comcast Corp. (A-/Stable)
and Charter Communications Inc. Fitch rates Charter's indirect
subsidiary CCO Holdings, LLC 'BB+'/Outlook Stable.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

Fitch's key assumptions within its rating case for the issuer
include:

-- Fitch assumes revenues will decline in the mid-single-digits
    in 2021, due to pressure in legacy business lines, a slower
    recovery in the business market as purchasers delay decisions
    and due to the sale of a small business line in 2020. Revenues
    further decline in 2022 due to the expiration of the CAF II
    funding;

-- EBITDA margins are expected to be around 42% in 2021;

-- EBITDA margins decline 50 bps to 100 bps in 2022-2024 due to
    the loss of CAF II funding;

-- Fitch expects capex to be toward the middle of company
    guidance of $3.5 billion-$3.8 billion. Capex declines in 2022
    based on the expiration of CAF II leading to lower spending in
    areas previously supported by this subsidy;

-- FCF directed to deleveraging over the forecast horizon.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Gross leverage, defined as total debt with equity
    credit/operating EBITDA, remaining at or below 3.0x, with FFO
    leverage of 3.0x, while consistently generating positive FCF
    margins in the mid-single-digits;

-- Demonstrating consistent EBITDA and FCF growth.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- A weakening of Lumen's operating results, including
    deteriorating margins and consistent mid-single-digit or
    greater revenue erosion brought on by difficult economic
    conditions or competitive pressures the company is unable to
    offset through cost reductions;

-- Discretionary management decisions, including but not limited
    to execution of M&A activity that increases gross leverage
    beyond 4.5x, with FFO leverage of 4.5x, in the absence of a
    credible deleveraging plan.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Strong Liquidity: Lumen's cash and cash equivalents totaled $486
million at March 31, 2021. Total debt as of March 31, 2021 pro
forma for the current offering and repayment of the June maturity
was just over $31.2 billion before finance leases, unamortized
discounts, debt issuance costs and other adjustments. On the same
basis, pro forma for subsequent events, YE 2019 debt was $33.7
billion.

Lumen continues to actively manage its debt structure by reducing
total debt, extending maturities and lowering interest expense.
Since the end of 2018, Lumen has reduced pro forma 2021-2025
maturities by nearly $17 billion through repayment or by extending
maturities and reduced interest expense by nearly $600 million
annually.

The credit agreement was amended and restated in January 2020. The
$2.2 billion senior secured revolving credit facility was undrawn
as of March 31, 2021. Lumen's secured credit facility benefits from
secured guarantees by Qwest Communications International, Inc.;
Qwest Services Corporation; CenturyTel Investments of Texas, Inc.;
and CenturyTel Holdings, Inc.

A stock pledge is provided by Wildcat HoldCo, LLC, the parent of
Level 3 Parent, to the Lumen credit facility. The credit facility
is guaranteed on an unsecured basis by Embarq Corporation and Qwest
Capital Funding, Inc. The largest regulated subsidiary, Qwest
Corporation, does not guarantee Lumen's secured facility, nor does
Level 3 Parent.

The Lumen senior secured notes are guaranteed by the same
subsidiaries that guarantee the senior secured credit facilities
and will be secured by the same collateral. CenturyLink
Communications, LLC was released as a guarantor of the senior
secured credit facility, which makes the notes pari passu with the
credit facility.

The secured revolving credit facility and Term Loan A limit Lumen's
gross debt/EBITDA to no more than 4.75x. The current credit
agreement requires cash interest coverage to be no less than 2.0x.
The company is subject to an excess cash flow sweep of 50%, with
step downs to 25% and 0%, at total leverage of 3.5x and 3.0x,
respectively. The excess cash flow calculation provides credit for
voluntary prepayments and certain other investments.

Fitch estimates 2021 FCF, or cash flow from operations less capex
and dividends, will be in the $1.5 billion to $1.6 billion range.
Long-term debt maturities remaining in 2021, pro forma for the use
of proceeds from the current offering, total approximately $1.2
billion, and $1.5 billion in 2022.

ISSUER PROFILE

Lumen is one of the largest wireline telecommunications services
providers in the U.S. serving domestic and global enterprise
customers with approximately 450,000 route miles of fiber optic
cable globally. The company has a strong presence serving
multinational corporations, large enterprises, small and
medium-sized businesses, governments and other carriers on a
wholesale basis.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


MERCY HOSPITAL: New Owner to Invest $50 Million
-----------------------------------------------
Lauren Coleman-Lochner of Bloomberg News reports that Mercy
Hospital and Medical Center's new owner will invest $50 million in
the next two years as it works to rebuild a facility once slated
for shutdown.

Insight, which took over June 1, 2021, will create a "comprehensive
plan to increase services and meet community need," a
representative said in an email Wednesday.  It will also appoint
three independent community board members within 90 days and
restore a full emergency department.  Insight said it also intends
to revive Mercy's status as a teaching hospital as part of a plan
to operate Mercy as a full-service hospital through 2029.

                         About Mercy Hospital

Mercy Hospital operates the general acute care hospital known as
Mercy Hospital & Medical Center located at 2525 South Michigan
Ave., Chicago.  The hospital offers inpatient and outpatient
services.  Mercy Health System of Chicago, an Illinois
not-for-profit corporation, is the sole member of Mercy Hospital.
The health care facilities are part of Trinity Health's network of
health care providers. On the Web: http://www.mercy-chicago.org/  


Mercy Hospital and Medical Center and Mercy Health System of
Chicago sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case Nos.
21-01805 and 21-01806) on Feb. 10, 2021.  Mercy Hospital estimated
$100 million to $500 million in assets and liabilities as of the
bankruptcy filing. Judge Timothy A. Barnes oversees the cases.

Foley Lardner LLP, led by Matthew J. Stockl, is the Debtors' legal
counsel. Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC is the claims, noticing,
solicitation and administrative agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 11 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors on March 3, 2021. The committee is represented
by Sills Cummis & Gross, P.C. and Perkins Coie LLP.

David N. Crapo is the patient care ombudsman appointed in the
Debtors' Chapter 11 cases. The PCO is represented by Sugar
Felsenthal Grais & Helsinger, LLP.


MIND TECHNOLOGY: Reports Fiscal 2022 First Quarter Results
----------------------------------------------------------
MIND Technology, Inc. reported financial results for its fiscal
2022 first quarter ended, April 30, 2021.

Revenues from Marine Technology Products sales for the first
quarter of fiscal 2022 were $4.2 million compared to $6.4 million
in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021 and $3.2 million in the first
quarter of fiscal 2021.

The Company reported a net loss from continuing operations for the
first quarter of fiscal 2022 of approximately $3.7 million compared
to a net loss of $3.3 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021
and a net loss of $6.4 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.
First quarter of fiscal 2022 net loss attributable to common
shareholders was a $(0.33) loss per share compared to a net loss
per share of $(0.30) in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021 and a net
loss of per share of $(0.59) in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

Backlog of Marine Technology Products as of April 30, 2021 was
approximately $11.0 million compared to $14.2 million at Jan. 31,
2021, $8.2 million at Oct. 31, 2020 and $8.9 million at Jan. 31,
2020.

Rob Capps, MIND's co-chief executive officer, stated, "During the
first quarter of fiscal 2022, we started to experience the impact
of the disruptions to the global supply chain that have
been widely reported.  While not a material issue at this time,
supply chain issues have generally extended lead times for a number
of items.  In some cases, customers did not receive ancillary items
from third parties, causing them to delay deliveries from us.
Additionally, we and our customers have experienced longer shipping
times, particularly with ocean freight.  As a result of these
factors, our first quarter results were less than we had
anticipated. We have taken steps to address these issues and expect
significant improvement in following quarters.

"Our backlog remains solid at $11.0 million as of April 30, 2021,
although down from our record fourth quarter of fiscal 2021
backlog. While one customer did cancel an order for approximately
$2.1 million due to changes in their near-term requirements, we
expect future orders from this customer as their needs become more
clearly defined. We are continuing to experience an increase in
inquiries for marine exploration applications, particularly for our
source controllers and related components and expect to receive a
couple of significant orders, totaling more than $5.0 million, in
the second quarter of fiscal 2022.

"We believe our long-term picture remains positive as we are on
track with our strategic initiatives to expand our product
offerings and market penetration, and our five-year plan generally
remains unchanged.  Last quarter, we expanded our contract with
PGS, a leading integrated marine geophysical company, to provide
advanced source controller technology, adding to the GunLink and
SourceLink products currently deployed in the PGS fleet.

"We are internally developing new technologies to strengthen our
existing portfolio and create new solutions to address the global
marine marketplace.  As previously stated, our goal is to generate
annual revenues of $140 million with an EBITDA margin of over 20%
within the next five years.  Our belief is partially driven by the
growing use of unmanned systems and the need for sensor packages
for those systems, the need for higher resolution sonar systems in
both military and commercial applications and the need for more
cost effective maritime security capabilities.

"Going forward, we believe that the positive trend for order flow
will continue beyond fiscal 2022.  While we do not know the
magnitude or duration of the global supply chain issues, we have
taken necessary steps to reduce expenses and have maintained a
healthy balance sheet with zero debt.  We plan to continue to
execute on our strategy to become the leading provider of
innovative marine technology and products, and believe that the
Company is well-positioned to capture both internal and non-organic
growth opportunities as they develop," concluded Capps.

                       About Mind Technology

Mind Technology, Inc. -- http://mind-technology.com-- provides
technology and solutions for exploration, survey and defense
applications in oceanographic, hydrographic, defense, seismic and
security industries.  Headquartered in The Woodlands, Texas, MIND
Technology has a global presence with key operating locations in
the United States, Singapore, Malaysia and the United Kingdom.  Its
Klein and Seamap units design, manufacture and sell specialized,
high performance sonar and seismic equipment.

Mind Technology reported a net loss of $20.31 million for the year
ended Jan. 31, 2021, compared to a net loss of $11.29 million for
the year ended Jan. 31, 2020.  As of Jan. 31, 2021, the Company had
$39.76 million in total assets, $9.35 million in total liabilities,
and $30.42 million in total stockholders' equity.

Houston, Texas-based Moss Adams LLP, the Company's auditor since
2017, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
April 16, 2021, citing that "The Company has a history of losses
and has had negative cash flows from operating activities in the
last two years.  The Company may not have access to sources of
capital that were available in prior periods.  In addition, the
COVID-19 pandemic and the decline in oil prices during fiscal 2021
caused a disruption to the Company's business and delays in some
orders.  Currently management's forecasts and related assumptions
support their assertion that they have the ability to meet their
obligations as they become due through the management of
expenditures and, if necessary, accessing additional funding from
the at-the-market program or other equity financing.  Should there
be constraints on the ability to access capital under the
at-the-market program or other equity financing, the Company has
asserted that it can manage cash outflows to meet the obligations
through reductions in capital expenditures and other operating
expenditures."


MKS REAL ESTATE: Unsecs. to Recoup 100% in 60 Mos. at $60K Monthly
------------------------------------------------------------------
MKS Real Estate, LLC, filed with the Bankruptcy Court a Plan of
Reorganization and a Disclosure Statement on May 28, 2021.

The Debtor owns a piece of real property in Fort Worth, Texas,
which it purchased for $1,600,000 in October 2015.  The Debtor
obtained a construction loan for $2,200,000 on the property, and
invested an additional $3,000,000 in the construction.  In July
2019, BankcorpSouth advanced the Debtor approximately $800,000 for
additional build out costs.  The Property was to be used as the
terminal for Marquis Transportation, and to house executive
suites.

The executive suite were completed and opened in February 2020.
The COVID-19 pandemic effectively shut down the executive spaces in
March 2020.  Marquis Transportation was unable to generate the
expected revenues.  The Debtor protested its property taxes, which
increased from $65,000 in 2019 to over $225,000 in 2020.  As part
of that protest the Debtor did not pay the property taxes.
BankcorpSouth determined the failure to pay these taxes was a
default under the loan documents and proceeded to post the Property
for foreclosure which lead to the bankruptcy filing.

Postpetition Operations

Pursuant to the Plan, the Debtor will continue to lease the
Property to Marquis Transportation and to lease out the executive
space.  The Debtor will use the monthly rental to make payments to
creditors under the Plan.  The Debtor intends to continue to market
the Property and to sell the Property in an amount sufficient to
repay all creditors.  

All creditors will be paid in full at the closing of any sale of
the Property.  The Debtor is specifically authorized to sell the
Property for an amount sufficient to repay all Allowed Claims in
full post confirmation without the need for further Court Order,
pursuant to the terms of the Plan.  The Reorganized Debtor will
continue in business until the sale of the Property.  

Classes of Claims and Their Treatment Under the Plan

  a. Class 1 Claims (Allowed Administrative Claims of Professionals
and US Trustee)

The Debtor believes that the amount of Class 1 Claims will not
exceed $15,000.  Class 1 Claimants are unimpaired.

  b. Class 2 Claims (Allowed Tax Creditor Claims)

Class 2 Claims consist of Claims filed by (i) Tarrant County Tax
Assessor for $368,027 and (ii) Eagle Mountain Saginaw ISD for
$420,742.  These taxing authorities will be entitled to
post-petition pre-Effective Date interest on their claims at the
statutory rate of 1% per month, and post Effective Date interest at
the rate of 12% per annum.  

The Debtor shall pay Class 2 claims based on an amortization period
of 60 months from the Petition Date, commencing on the Effective
Date.  The monthly payment will be approximately $17,500.  The Ad
Valorem Taxing Authorities shall retain their liens, if any, to
secure their Tax Claims until paid in full.

  c. Class 3 Claims (BankcorpSouth Bank)

Class 3 consist of BanksouthCorp proof of claims asserting a
secured claim for $6,688,095 for two promissory notes, which are
secured by a deed of trust recorded on the Property.  

The Debtor shall pay the BankcorpSouth Secured Claim over a 25-year
amortization period, with interest at 5% per annum.  The Debtor
shall make 59 equal monthly payments of $39,098 commencing on the
Effective Date, and one payment on the 60th month after the
Effective Date of all outstanding principal and accrued interest.


The Debtor will continue to market the Property for sale.
BankcorpSouth shall retain all its liens on the property in its
current lien priority to secure repayment of the promissory notes.
The Debtor reserved the right to pre-pay this claim without penalty
at any time including upon the sale of the Property.  The Class 3
Creditor is impaired.

  d. Class 4 Claims (Allowed Unsecured Creditors' Claims)

All creditors holding allowed unsecured claims will be paid from
the rental income until the Property sells.  Upon any sale all
amounts outstanding to any Allowed Unsecured Creditor will be paid
at closing.

The Class 4 Creditors shall receive their pro rata share of 60
monthly payments of $6,000 commencing 90 days after the Effective
Date.  Debtor shall pay $6,000 monthly beginning on the Effective
Date until all Class 4 Claimants are paid in full. The unsecured
creditors shall receive 100% of their allowed claims under this
Plan.  The Class 4 Creditors are impaired.   

Classes 2 through 4 Claims are impaired and may vote on the Plan.

  e. Class 5 Claim (Current Ownership). Ownership shall remain 100%
in Luis Leal.

The Plan contemplates that there will be excess funds to pay
Creditor Claims.  The major risk associated with the Plan is the
Debtor's ability to continue to receive rental income from the
Property as contemplated by the Plan.

A copy of the Disclosure Statement is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3g21kj6 from PacerMonitor.com.


                       About MKS Real Estate

MKS Real Estate, LLC filed a voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Texas Case No.
21-40424) on March 1, 2021.  Luis Leal, managing member, signed the
petition.  In the petition, the Debtor disclosed less than $50,000
in assets and $1 million to $10 million in liabilities.

Judge Edward L. Morris oversees the case.

Eric A. Liepins, Esq., at Eric A. Liepins, PC, serves as the
Debtor's counsel.


MOHEGAN TRIBAL: Ray Pineault Appointed as President, CEO
--------------------------------------------------------
Mohegan Gaming & Entertainment has appointed Ray Pineault as its
president and chief executive officer, effective immediately.  In
this role, Mr. Pineault will oversee all day-to-day operations for
MGE, including ongoing brand growth and continuing to ensure MGE
delivers unmatched personalized services and memorable guest
experiences.  This marks a truly exciting new chapter for the
company as it successfully navigates out of the pandemic and
through the ever-evolving world of integrated entertainment and the
digital gaming landscape.  Mr. Pineault has been acting as interim
CEO for MGE since March 31, 2021.

"I want to congratulate fellow Tribal member Ray Pineault as he
assumes the role of President and Chief Executive Officer for
Mohegan Gaming & Entertainment," said James Gessner, Jr., chairman
of the Mohegan Tribe and MGE Management Board.  "We are
tremendously lucky to have someone of Ray's caliber, experience and
intellect taking on this role.  His grasp of our organization and
all its moving parts across nine worldwide properties is unmatched.
Having someone with these abilities come from within our Tribal
membership makes this day all the more meaningful."

After 20 years of service to the Mohegan Tribe, including serving
as president and general manager of the brand's flagship property,
Mohegan Sun Connecticut, and most recently as chief operating
officer of MGE, Mr. Pineault brings a wealth of legal and business
knowledge with him to the CEO role.

In this role, Mr. Pineault will be responsible for the overall
success of MGE where, in alignment with the Tribal Council, he will
create, communicate, and execute a global vision, strategy, and
direction for the company, drive the company's culture, values, and
behavior, build a high performing executive team, and allocate
capital to the company's priorities.  He will also drive the
operational results of all MGE owned and affiliated properties -
through overseeing the effective development, implementation and
measurement of all strategic business plans including capital and
operating budgets, marketing, technology, people, operations,
development, and legal.

"I have dedicated my career to ensuring the success of Mohegan
Gaming & Entertainment, and I look forward to the immense growth,
development and accomplishments we will achieve in this next
chapter together," said Ray Pineault, president and chief executive
officer of MGE.  "I am grateful to the Mohegan Tribe for this
opportunity and will work tirelessly to uphold our values and
traditions, both here in the United States and in the communities
around the world in which we operate."

In connection with his appointment, Mr. Pineault's annual base
salary has been increased from $775,000 to $1,000,000.  Any
additional changes to Mr. Pineault's compensation arrangements in
connection with his appointment will be disclosed when made.

                       About Mohegan Tribal

The Mohegan Tribal Gaming Authority d/b/a Mohegan Gaming &
Entertainment -- http://www.mohegangaming.com-- is primarily
engaged in the ownership, operation and development of integrated
entertainment facilities, both domestically and internationally,
including: (i) Mohegan Sun in Uncasville, Connecticut, (ii)
Mohegan
Sun Pocono in Plains Township, Pennsylvania, (iii) Niagara
Fallsview Casino Resort, Casino Niagara and the 5,000-seat Niagara
Falls Entertainment Centre, all in Niagara Falls, Canada, (iv)
Resorts Casino Hotel in Atlantic City, New Jersey, (v) ilani Casino
Resort in Clark County, Washington, (vi) Paragon Casino Resort in
Marksville, Louisiana and (vii) INSPIRE Entertainment Resort, a
first-of-its-kind, multi-billion dollar integrated resort and
casino under construction at Incheon International Airport in South
Korea.

Mohegan Tribal reported a net loss of $162.02 million for the
fiscal year ended Sept. 30, 2020, compared to a net loss of $2.38
million for the fiscal year ended Sept. 30, 2019.  As of March 31,
2021, the Company had $2.85 billion in total assets, $2.99 billion
in total liabilities, and a total capital of ($132.11 million).

Deloitte & Touche LLP, in Hartford, Connecticut, the Company's
auditor since 2018, issued a "going concern" qualification in its
report dated Dec. 29, 2020, citing that certain tranches of the
Company's senior secured credit facilities mature on Oct. 13, 2021,
and the Company has determined that it will need to refinance
these
near-term maturities in order to meet the debt obligations at
maturity, and the Company expects that without such a refinancing
it is probable that it will not have sufficient liquidity to meet
those debt obligations, and it may not be able to satisfy its
financial covenants under the senior secured credit facilities.
These conditions and events, when considered in the aggregate raise
substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern.

                             *   *   *

As reported by the TCR on Feb. 4, 2021, Moody's Investors Service
upgraded Mohegan Tribal Gaming Authority's ("MTGA") Corporate
Family Rating to Caa1 from Caa2.  The upgrade considers that on
January 26, MTGA closed on a refinancing that had a meaningful
positive impact on the company's liquidity.


MUSCLEPHARM CORP: Appoints New Independent Board Member
-------------------------------------------------------
MusclePharm Corporation has appointed Paul Karr as a new
independent Board Member.  

With a history in financial reporting, issue resolution, and
internal controls across numerous fields including pharmaceuticals,
manufacturing, insurance and financial services at companies such
as American Express and General Electric, Mr. Karr assumes the role
of Audit Committee Chair.

Mr. Ryan Drexler, Chairman of the Board and CEO of MusclePharm
stated, "With his illustrious career at American Express, General
Electric, Bristol-Myers Squibb, and Deloitte & Touche among other
reputable companies, I'm very excited to welcome Paul Karr to the
Board of Directors at MusclePharm.  I'm confident that his
appointment signals the strength of the brand and its ability to
attract top-level talent."

"I am delighted to join the Board of MusclePharm at this important
time in its development," commented Paul Karr.  "I look forward to
working with my fellow Board members and management to ensure that
the company has the controls and governance to support its future
growth."

Mr. Karr will be compensated for his service as a director in
accordance with the Company's non-employee director compensation
policy.  The Company plans to enter into an indemnification
agreement with Mr. Karr, which will provide him with
indemnification in connection with his service as a member of the
Board.

                         About MusclePharm

Headquartered in Denver, Colorado, MusclePharm Corporation
(OTCQB:MSLP) -- http://www.musclepharm.comand
http://www.musclepharmcorp.com-- is a lifestyle company that
develops, manufactures, markets and distributes branded nutritional
supplements.  The Company offers a broad range of performance
powders, capsules, tablets, gels and on-the-go ready to eat snacks
that satisfy the needs of enthusiasts and professionals alike.

MusclePharm reported net income of $3.18 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $18.93 million for the
year ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of March 31, 2021, the Company had
$9.95 million in total assets, $34.27 million in total liabilities,
and a total stockholders' deficit of $24.32 million.

Los Angeles, California-based SingerLewak LLP issued a "going
concern" qualification in its report dated March 29, 2021, citing
that the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations, has
an accumulated deficit and its total liabilities exceed its total
assets.  This raises substantial doubt about the Company's ability
to continue as a going concern.


NATURALSHRIMP INC: Buys 980,000 NAS Shares From F&T Water
---------------------------------------------------------
NaturalShrimp Incorporated entered into a securities purchase
agreement with F&T Water Solutions, LLC on May 19, 2021.  Prior to
entering into the SPA, the Company owned 51% and F&T owned 49% of
the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Natural
Aquatic Systems, Inc., a Texas corporation.  Upon the closing of
the SPA, the Company would purchase the NAS shares owned by F&T
(980,000 shares of NAS' common stock) for a purchase price of $1
million dollars in cash and shares of the Company's common stock
with a value of $2 million.

The Company paid the cash purchase price on May 20, 2021 and the
parties agreed on May 25, 2021 that the Company would issue shares
with a value of $0.505 per share for a total issuance of 3,960,396
shares of the Company's common stock to F&T in connection with the
SPA.  The purchase of the NAS shares closed on May 25, 2021.

                    Patents Purchase Agreement

On May 19, 2021, the Company entered into a Patents Purchase
Agreement with F&T.  The Company and F&T had previously jointly
developed and patented a water treatment technology used or useful
in growing aquatic species in re-circulating and enclosed
environments with each party owning a 50% interest.  Upon the
closing of the Patents Agreement, the Company would purchase F&T's
interest in the Patent, F&T's 100% interest in a second patent
associated with the first Patent issued to F&T in March 2018, and
all other intellectual property rights owned by F&T for a purchase
price of $2 million dollars in cash and shares of the Company's
common stock with a value of $5 million.

The Company paid the cash purchase price on May 20, 2021 and the
parties agreed on May 25, 2021 that the Company would issue shares
with a value of $0.505 per share for a total issuance of 9,900,990
shares of the Company's common stock to F&T in connection with the
Patents Agreement.  The closing of the Patents Agreement took place
on May 25, 2021.

                       Leak-Out Agreements

In connection with the issuance of a total of 13,861,386 shares of
the Company's common stock pursuant to the SPA and the Patents
Agreement, the Company and F&T, on May 19, 2021, entered into two
separate leak-out agreements.  Pursuant to the Leak-Out Agreements,
F&T agreed that it would not sell or transfer the Shares for six
months following the closing of the SPA and Patents Agreement and
that, following these six months, each shareholder of F&T who was
issued a portion of the Shares could sell up to one-sixth of their
portion of the Shares every 30 day period occurring thereafter for
the next six months.  Following the one year anniversary of the
closings, there will be no further restrictions regarding the sale
or transfer of the Shares.

                       About Natural Shrimp

NaturalShrimp, Inc. is a publicly traded aqua-tech Company,
headquartered in Dallas, with production facilities located near
San Antonio, Texas.  The Company has developed a commercially
viable system for growing shrimp in enclosed, salt-water systems,
using patented technology to produce fresh, never frozen, naturally
grown
shrimp, without the use of antibiotics or toxic chemicals.
NaturalShrimp systems can be located anywhere in the world to
produce gourmet-grade Pacific white shrimp.

NaturalShrimp recorded a net loss of $4.81 million for the year
ended March 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $7.21 million for
the year ended March 31, 2019.  As of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company
had $15.39 million in total assets, $9.60 million in total
liabilities,$208,333 in series D redeemable convertible preferred
stock, and $5.58 million in total stockholders' equity.

Turner, Stone & Company, L.L.P., in Dallas, Texas, issued a "going
concern" qualification in its report dated June 26, 2020, citing
that Company has suffered significant losses from inception and has
a significant working capital deficit.  These conditions raise
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.


NINE POINT: Asks Court to Grant $157.1 Mil. Priority Claim
----------------------------------------------------------
Law360 reports that oil and gas company Nine Point Energy's
pipeline provider has asked a Delaware bankruptcy court to grant it
a $157.1 million priority claim for unpaid bills at the same time
Nine Point is asking permission to sell its assets to its secured
creditors for a $250 million credit bid.

In papers filed Monday, May 31, 2021, Nine Point reported it had
not received any offers topping the stalking horse credit bid,
while midstream provider Caliber Midstream filed an adversary
action claiming it held liens that gave it a higher priority claim
to "substantially all" of Nine Point's assets than its secured
creditors.

                      About Nine Point Energy

Nine Point Energy Holdings, Inc. -- https://ninepointenergy.com/ --
is a private exploration and production company focused on value
creation through the safe, efficient development of oil and gas
assets within the Williston Basin.

Nine Point Energy Holdings, Inc. sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-10570) as the Lead Case, on March 15,
2021. The three affiliates that concurrently filed voluntary
petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code are:
Nine Point Energy, LLC (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-10571), Foxtrot
Resources, LLC (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-10572), and Leaf
Minerals, LLC (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-10573). The cases are
assigned to Judge Mary F. Walrath.

The Debtors estimated assets and liabilities (on a consolidated
basis) in the range $100 million to $500 million.

The Debtors tapped as counsel the following: Michael R. Nestor,
Esq. Kara Hammond Coyle, Esq. Ashley E. Jacobs, Esq., and Jacob D.
Morton, Esq., at Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, LLP; Richard A.
Levy, Esq., Caroline A. Reckler, Esq., and Jonathan Gordon, Esq.,
at Latham & Watkins LLP; and George A. Davis, Esq., Nacif Taousse,
Esq., Alistair K. Fatheazam, Esq., and Jonathan J. Weichselbaum,
Esq., at Latham & Watkins LLP.

The Debtors engaged AlixPartners LLP as their Financial Advisor,
Perella Weinberg Partners L.P. as their Investment Banker, and
Lyons, Benenson & Co., Inc. as their Compensation Consultant.


NINE POINT: May Reject Caliber Accord, Court Says
-------------------------------------------------
Bankruptcy Judge Mary F. Walrath ruled that Nine Point Energy
Holdings, Inc. may:

     -- reject the Midstream Services Agreement and related
agreements that the Debtors' predecessor, Triangle USA Petroleum
Corporation, entered into with Caliber North Dakota LLC, Caliber
Midstream Fresh Water Partners LLC, and Caliber Measurement
Services LLC, including any covenants or equitable servitudes
therein, pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; and

     -- sell their assets free and clear of any rights of Caliber
pursuant to section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Pursuant to the MSA, Caliber provided services to the Debtors
including gathering, processing, and transportation of gas, oil,
and water from the Debtors' gas and oil leases in North Dakota, in
exchange for which the Debtors agreed to pay minimum monthly
revenues to Caliber.

Caliber argued that the Debtors agreed in a 2018 stipulation and
amendment to the MSA that the Interests and Dedications in the deal
are not executory and, therefore, the Debtors cannot reject those
provisions under 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Court rejected this argument, saying such an agreement violates
public policy. Federal courts consistently refuse to enforce
waivers of federal bankruptcy rights, Judge Walrath said, citing In
re Intervention Energy Holdings, 553 B.R. 258, 265-66 (Bankr. D.
Del. 2016) (concluding that waiver of right to file bankruptcy
petition was void as contrary to federal public policy); In re
Trans World Airlines, Inc., 261 B.R. 103, 113-17 (Bankr. D. Del.
2001) (concluding that pre-petition waiver of debtor's right to
assume or reject an executory contract was unenforceable).

Bankruptcy Code Section 363(f)(5) provides that "[A debtor] may
sell property . . . free and clear of any interest in such property
of an entity other than the estate, . . . if . . . (5) such entity
could be compelled, in a legal or equitable proceeding, to accept
money satisfaction of such interest."

Caliber asserted that the MSA and North Dakota law provides it with
an equitable remedy for breach of the MSA, in addition to any
monetary remedy. Caliber argued that, under the MSA and North
Dakota law, it alone has the right to elect whether to accept an
equitable remedy or a money satisfaction of its claims. It
contended that rejection of the MSA would not eliminate that right.
Therefore, it argued it could not be compelled to accept a money
satisfaction of its claims.

The Court disagreed, saying the Third Circuit has held that if the
holder of an equitable claim can be fully compensated with monetary
damages, then the debtor can sell its assets free of its interest
under section 363(f)(5).  Judge Walrath pointed to In re Trans
World Airlines, Inc., 322 F.3d 283, 290-91 (3d Cir. 2003) (holding
that the debtor could sell its assets free and clear of airline
employees' rights in travel vouchers and EEOC claims because those
rights could be valued and satisfied by money); In re Continental
Airlines, 125 F.3d 120, 133-36 (3d Cir. 1997) (holding that debtor
could sell its assets free and clear of airline pilots' seniority
integration rights because those rights could be valued and
satisfied by money).

Judge Walrath held that the availability of money damages under the
MSA and state law demonstrated that Caliber's equitable claim is
compensable with an award of money and that under Third Circuit
precedent, the Debtors could sell their assets free and clear of
Caliber's interests under section 363(f)(5).

The case is, Nine Point Energy Holdings, Inc., and Nine Point
Energy, LLC Plaintiffs, v. Caliber Measurement Services LLC,
Caliber Midstream Fresh Water Partners LLC and Caliber North Dakota
LLC, Defendants, Adv. No. 21-50243 (Bankr. D. Del.).

A copy of the Court's June 1, 2021 Memorandum Opinion is available
at https://bit.ly/3z1G71m from Leagle.com.

                      About Nine Point Energy

Nine Point Energy Holdings, Inc. -- https://ninepointenergy.com --
is a private exploration and production company focused on value
creation through the safe, efficient development of oil and gas
assets within the Williston Basin.

Nine Point Energy Holdings, Inc. sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-10570) as the Lead Case, on March 15,
2021.  The three affiliates that concurrently filed voluntary
petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code are:
Nine Point Energy, LLC (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-10571), Foxtrot
Resources, LLC (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-10572), and Leaf
Minerals, LLC (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-10573).  The cases are
assigned to Judge Mary F. Walrath.

The Debtors estimated assets and liabilities (on a consolidated
basis) in the range $100 million to $500 million.

The Debtors tapped Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, LLP; and Latham
& Watkins LLP as counsel.  The Debtors engaged AlixPartners LLP as
their financial advisor, Perella Weinberg Partners L.P. as their
investment banker, and Lyons, Benenson & Co., Inc. as their
compensation consultant.


NORTHERN OIL: Inks Third Amendment to Wells Fargo Credit Facility
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Northern Oil and Gas, Inc. entered into a third amendment to its
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated Nov. 22, 2019,
governing the Company's revolving credit facility with Wells Fargo
Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.


Pursuant to the Amendment, (i) the Company's semi-annual borrowing
base redetermination was completed and the borrowing base under the
credit facility was increased to $725.0 million and (ii) the
lenders agreed to an aggregate elected commitment amount of $660.0
million. The aggregate elected commitment amount may be increased
semi-annually upon each scheduled borrowing base redetermination on
April 1 and October 1, and up to two times between each scheduled
redetermination.  The next redetermination of the borrowing base is
scheduled for Oct. 1, 2021.

The Amendment also amends certain other provisions of the Credit
Agreement, including among other things to update provisions
regarding payments made in error and the implementation of a LIBOR
benchmark replacement.

                        About Northern Oil

Northern Oil and Gas, Inc. -- http://www.northernoil.com-- is an
independent energy company engaged in the acquisition, exploration,
development and production of oil and natural gas properties,
primarily in the Bakken and Three Forks formations within the
Williston Basin in North Dakota and Montana.

Northern Oil reported a net loss of $906.04 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $76.32 million for
the year ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of March 31, 2021, the Company
had $873.24 million in total assets, $1.05 billion in total
liabilities, and a total stockholders' deficit of $180.68 million.


O'KIEFFE FAMILY: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
---------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 13 on June 2 disclosed in a court
filing that no official committee of unsecured creditors has been
appointed in the Chapter 11 case of O'Kieffe Family Partners, LP.
  
                  About O'Kieffe Family Partners

O'Kieffe Family Partners, LP sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr.
W.D. Mo. Case No. 21-60122) on Feb. 27, 2021.  Patsy O'Kieffe,
general partner, signed the petition.  In its petition, the Debtor
disclosed assets of between $1 million and $10 million and
liabilities of the same range.  Judge Cynthia A. Norton oversees
the case.  David Schroeder Law Office, PC serves as the Debtor's
legal counsel.


O.P. INVESTMENT: Unsecureds at $15K or Less to Recoup 80% In Plan
-----------------------------------------------------------------
O.P. Investment Group, LLC, filed a First Amended Combined Plan of
Reorganization and Disclosure Statement on May 28, 2021.  The
Debtor intends to continue in business by reorganizing its
operations and debt structure to reduce the payments due on the
obligations to Greenleaf Income Trust II (Bank).  The Debtor
believes that ongoing operations shall be sufficient to fund the
Plan.  To the extent additional monies are needed, it is
contemplated that funds will come from Debtor's principals as an
interest-bearing loan, which shall be evidenced by a promissory
note, and may be on a secured or unsecured basis.

Classes of Claims under the Plan

A. Class I

Class I consists of Allowed Claims of the Bank, who has asserted or
may assert it is owed $4,237,247 in outstanding principal plus
accrued interest, costs, and fees and that its Claim is secured by
a recorded first priority mortgage and assignment of rents
encumbering the Debtor's Property (a real property located in New
Baltimore, Michigan).

   a. If the Bank votes in favor of the Plan, then:

     * the Class I Claim shall be Allowed for $4,237,247, which is
equal to the principal outstanding debt on the Petition Date.

     * the value of the Property securing the Bank's Claim shall be
$2,000,000.  The Class IV Interest Holders shall collectively pay
$130,000 to the Bank within 30 days after the Effective Date, which
shall be applied to the Bank's Claim.

     * the Bank's Claim shall be fully paid on or before 10 years
after the Effective Date at monthly payments of $16,668.  The first
monthly payment shall be made 60 days after the Effective Date and
on the same date of each month thereafter for the next 118 months
with a final balloon payment of $2,662,362.

   b. If the Bank votes against the Plan, then:

     * The Bank's Claim shall be bifurcated into a Secured Claim
and Unsecured Claim.  Based on the Proteus USA, LLC draft appraisal
and the Bank's proof of claim, the Bank's Secured Claim is equal to
$1,974,670 and its Unsecured Claim is equal to $2,687,732.

In full and final satisfaction of the Bank's Secured Claim, the
Debtor or Reorganized Debtor shall pay the Secured Claim to Bank in
monthly payments of principal and interest of $7,874 over a 30-year
term bearing interest at the rate of 2.6% per annum.  The first
such monthly payment shall be paid 60 days after the Effective
Date.

B. Class II

Class II is a convenience Class consisting of all Allowed Unsecured
Claims of $15,000 or less and those Class III Claims electing to
reduce their Claims to $15,000.  The members of this Class include
DTE Energy, Frangie Law Firm, Lakeshore Outdoor Services, LLC, and
SEMCO Energy Gas Company.

     * In full and final satisfaction of each Allowed Class II
Claim, the Holder of each Allowed Class II Claim shall be paid,
without interest, a total of 80% of the face amount of its Class II
Claim in two equal payments. The first payment shall be paid 30
days after the Effective Date and the second payment shall be paid
60 after the Effective Date.
  
     * The Debtor estimates that Unsecured Creditors are owed
approximately $17,200 in the aggregate (exclusive of any deficiency
claims by any Creditor holding a Secured Claim).  This amount,
however, may increase or decrease in the event that executory
contracts or unexpired leases are rejected, the Court overrules or
sustains objections to Claims that have been or will be made,
and/or the Bank asserts a deficiency Claim.  

     * Class II is Impaired.


C. Class III

Class III consists of Holders of Allowed Unsecured Claims that are
not Class II Claims.  The only member of this Class III is the
Bank's $2,687,732 Unsecured Claim.

     * Holders of Class III Claims shall receive a Pro Rata
distribution of the Unsecured Distribution Pool, which shall be
funded with the net proceeds of the Equity Auction.

     * Class III is Impaired.

D. Class IV

Class IV consists of the Holders of Allowed Interests, which shall
be treated in two alternative methods:

   a. If Classes II and III, vote to accept the Plan, then the
Holders of Class IV Interests shall retain their equity interests
in the Debtor.  However, Holders of Class IV Interests shall not
receive any distribution on account of their Interests until such
time as the obligations required by Section 3. l .1.4 shall have
been fully funded by the Holders of Class IV Interests.  All
Avoidance Actions against Holders of Class IV Interests are waived
and released.

   b. If a Class of Unsecured Claims rejects the Plan, and the
Court determines that, as a result of such rejection, the Plan but
for this Section 3 .4.1 does not comply with the absolute priority
rule, the Interests of the Debtor held by Class IV Holders shall be
cancelled, and New Interests shall be issued and sold at the Equity
Auction.  The successful purchaser at the Equity Auction shall be
bound by the terms of the Plan and shall be required to use all of
the proceeds of the Equity Auction, and all payments shall be
subject to the terms of the Plan.

     * Class IV is Impaired.

Classes I through IV are Impaired under the Plan, and Holders of
Claims or Interests in such Classes shall be entitled to vote to
accept or reject the Plan.

Equity Sale

In the event that a Class of Unsecured Creditors fails to accept
this Plan, the Debtor shall sell all of the New Interests.

A copy of the First Amended Combined Plan of Reorganization and
Disclosure Statement is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3vRhfXU from PacerMonitor.com.

                    About O.P. Investment Group

O.P. Investment Group, LLC owns a commercial strip mall located at
35252-35240 23 Mile Road, New Baltimore, Michigan 48047.  O.P.
Investment Group filed its Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. E.D. Mich.
Case No. 21-40722) on January 28, 2021.  The petition was signed by
Bassam Kallabat, member.  In its petition, the Debtor estimated its
assets and liabilities at $1 million to $10 million.

Judge Thomas J. Tucker oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Daniel J. Weiner, Esq., at Schafer and
Weiner, PLLC.


OFS INT'L: Gets Court Clearance for $16.5 Million Bankruptcy Loan
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Law360 reports that bankrupt oilfield service firm OFS
International LLC received permission Wednesday from a Texas court
to tap into a portion of a $16.5 million post-petition loan,
telling the court that it intended to use the initial draw of funds
to purchase pipe stock needed to maintain its operations.

During a virtual first-day hearing, debtor attorney Joshua W.
Wolfshohl of Porter Hedges LLP said the company had been struggling
financially as early as 2019, even before the oil and gas industry
was hit with the double whammy of the COVID-19 pandemic and a
substantial drop in energy prices.

                       About OFS International

OFS International providers of oil and gas production/processing
equipment and services, with their headquarters in Houston, Texas
and operations in the Permian, Barnett and Marcellus regions.  It
provides field services, inspections, couplings, threading and
accessories to the oil and gas industry.

OFS International and affiliates, OFSI Holding LLC and Threading
and Precision Manufacturing LLC, sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. S.D. Tex. Lead Case No. 21-31784) on May 31, 2021.  In the
petition signed by chief financial officer Alexey Ratnikov, OFS
estimated assets of between $10 million and $50 million and
estimated liabilities of between $50 million and $100 million.  The
cases are handled by Honorable Judge David R. Jones.  The Debtors'
attorneys are Joshua W. Wolfshohl, Aaron J. Power, and Megan
Young-John of PORTER HEDGES LLP.  BMC GROUP, Inc., is the Debtors'
claims agent.             
                      



ORIGIN AGRITECH: Posts $600K Net Loss in First Half of FY 2021
--------------------------------------------------------------
Origin Agritech Limited has filed its unaudited financial results
for the first half of FY2021 ended March 31, 2021, prepared in
accordance with United States generally accepted accounting
principles.

The Company reported net revenue of RMB11.6 million (US$1.8
million) during the first half year of FY2021, compared to RMB44.1
million for the first half year of FY2020.

Total operating expenses for the first half year of FY2021 were
RMB12.1 million (US$1.8 million), up 15% from RMB10.5 million for
the same period a year ago.  Selling and marketing expenses for the
first half year of FY2020 were RMB2.3 million (US$0.4 million),
compared to RMB1.7 million a year ago.  General and administrative
expenses increased 10% to RMB4.8 million (US$ 0.7 million), up from
RMB4.3 million a year ago.  Research and development expenses for
the first half year of FY2021 were RMB5.0 million (US$0.8 million),
up 13% from RMB4.5 million a year ago.

Total operating loss for the first half year of FY2021 was RMB7.8
million (US$1.2 million), compared to total operating income of
RMB2.6 million reported a year ago.

There was no interest expense during the first half year of FY2021.
Other income of RMB3.2 million (US$0.5 million) was mainly rental
income that the Company received from renting a portion of its
headquarters building in Beijing, PRC.

Net loss attributable to the Company for the first half year of
FY2021 was RMB4.0 million (US$0.6 million), compared to the net
loss of RMB0.7 million a year ago.

Loss per ordinary share for the first half of FY2021 was RMB0.72
(or US$0.11), compared to the loss per share of RMB0.14 during the
same period a year ago.

As of March 31, 2021, cash and cash equivalents were RMB27.2
million (US$4.1 million), an increase of RMB4.7 million from the
cash and cash equivalents of RMB22.5 million as of Sept. 30, 2020.

There is no current portion of long-term debt as of March 31, 2021.
Advances from customers were RMB75.0 million (US$11.4 million),
compared to RMB40.1 million as of Sept. 30, 2020.

As of March 31, 2021, total current assets were RMB126 million
(US$19.1 million) and non-current assets was RMB144.8 million
(US$22.0 million).

As of March 31, 2020, total current liabilities were RMB179 million
(US$27.2 million).

A full-text copy of the Form 6-K Report is available for free at:

https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1321851/000110465921075070/tm2117837d1_ex99-1.htm

                       About Origin Agritech

Founded in 1997 and headquartered in Zhong-Guan-Cun (ZGC) Life
Science Park in Beijing, Origin Agritech Limited (NASDAQ GS: SEED)
-- http://www.originseed.com.cn-- is an agricultural biotechnology
company, specializing in crop seed breeding and genetic
improvement, seed production, processing, distribution, and related
technical services.  Origin operates production centers, processing
centers and breeding stations nationwide with sales centers located
in key crop-planting regions.  Product lines are vertically
integrated for corn, rice and canola seeds.

Origin Agritech reported a net loss of RMB102.84 million for the
year ended Sept. 30, 2020, a net loss of RMB65.65 million for the
year ended Sept. 30, 2019, and a net loss of RMB152.79 million for
the year ended Sept. 30, 2018.  As of Sept. 30, 2020, the Company
had RMB254.88 million in total assets, RMB340.34 million in total
liabilities, and a total deficit of RMB85.46 million.

Lakewood, Colorado-based B F Borgers CPA PC, the Company's auditor
since 2020, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated Feb. 16, 2021, citing that the Company incurred recurring
losses from operations, has net current liabilities and an
accumulated deficit that raise substantial doubt about its ability
to continue as a going concern.


ORIGINAL RIVERFRONT: Seeks Cash Collateral Access
-------------------------------------------------
Original Riverfront RV Park, LLC asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Southern District of Texas, Victoria Division, for authority to
use cash collateral and provide adequate protection.

Riverfront seeks to use cash collateral as working capital in the
operation of its business for the purposes specified in, and at
least for the period defined in, the proposed budget.

Riverfront's financial difficulties began in 2020 as it lost
several long-term customers and operated at reduced capacity due to
the global pandemic. Riverfront subsequently defaulted under its
obligation to its primary secured lender, Royal Holdings Group,
LLC, the assignee to Gable Holdings, LLC, and sought bankruptcy
relief to reorganize.

Riverfront is currently in the process of completing its schedules
and disclosures but estimates its assets to be around $905,7910 and
its liabilities to total $409,335. Riverfront's known lenders
asserting liens on property of the estate are Royal Holdings, LLC,
Goose Creek ISD, Harris County Tax Assessor, and Harris County WCID
1.  However, Riverfront, believes the only known creditor with an
interest in Cash Collateral is Royal Holdings.

As adequate protection for the diminution in value of cash
collateral, Riverfront will provide monthly adequate protection
payments, maintain the value of its business as a going-concern,
provide replacement liens upon now owned and after acquired cash to
the extent any diminution in value of cash collateral, and provide
superpriority administrative claims to the extent any diminution of
value of cash collateral.

Additionally, Riverfront intends to provide further adequate
protection, to the extent of any diminution in value, to the
Secured Lenders for the use of Cash Collateral by providing to the
Secured Lenders postpetition replacement liens pursuant to 11
U.S.C. section 361(2) in account receivables, including cash
generated or received by Riverfront subsequent to the Filing Date,
but only to the extent the Secured Lenders had value, perfected
prepetition liens and security interests in such collateral as of
the Filing Date. The priority of any postpetition replacement liens
granted to the Secured Lenders will be the same as existed as of
the Filing Date.

A copy of the motion is available for free at
https://bit.ly/3wSr4VF from PacerMonitor.com.

              About Original Riverfront RV Park, LLC

Original Riverfront RV Park, LLC is a manager-managed Texas limited
liability company incorporated on September 18, 2017. Riverfront
owns a 3.5 acre riverfront lot, commonly known as 1204 S Main St,
Highlands, Texas 77562 on the San Jacinto river. Riverfront
operates a recreational vehicle park on the Riverfront Lot and
provides nightly and monthly rentals to its customers. Riverfront
provides water, electricity, trash pick up, and wifi for its
customers. Riverfront owns another 10,010-square foot lot with a
small building located at 1906 N Main St, Highlands, Texas 77562
that it utilizes as an office and storage facility.

Riverfront sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 21-60054) on May 31,
2021. In the petition signed by Jeffrey J. Lacombe, manager, the
Debtor disclosed up to $1million in assets and up to $500,000 in
liabilities.

TRAN SINGH, LLP is the Debtor's counsel.



PARADISE REDEVELOPMENT: Seeks to Tap Stanley A. Zlotoff as Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------------
Paradise Redevelopment Company, LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of California to employ
Stanley A. Zlotoff, a Professional Corporation, to handle its
Chapter 11 case.

The firm's services include:

     (a) advising the Debtor regarding its powers and duties in the
continued management of its property;

     (b) preparing legal papers; and

     (c) other legal services necessary to administer the case.

The firm will be compensated at its standard hourly rate of $350.
The retainer fee is $3,282.

Stanley Zlotoff, Esq., a member, disclosed in a court filing that
the firm is a "disinterested person" as that term is defined in
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Stanley A. Zlotoff, Esq.
     Stanley A. Zlotoff, a Professional Corporation
     300 S. First St. Suite 215
     San Jose, CA 95113
     Telephone: (408) 287-5087
     Facsimile: (408) 287-7645
     Email: zlotofflaw@gmail.com

               About Paradise Redevelopment Company

San Jose, Calif.-based Paradise Redevelopment Company, LLC filed a
voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. N.D. Calif. Case No. 21-50596) on April 27, 2021.
Juan-Carlos Casas, managing member, signed the petition. At the
time of the filing, the Debtor listed up to $50,000 in assets and
$1 million to $10 million in liabilities. Judge Elaine M. Hammond
oversees the case. Stanley A. Zlotoff, Esq. serves as the Debtor's
legal counsel.


PARAGON OFFSHORE: Balks at $90 Million U.S. Trustee Payment Deal
----------------------------------------------------------------
Law360 reports that former debtor Paragon Offshore PLC told a
Delaware bankruptcy judge Wednesday, June 2, 2021, that a $90
million settlement between its former parent company and a Chapter
11 litigation trust shouldn't trigger an obligation for Paragon to
pay fees to the U.S. Trustee's Office.

The oil rig company filed a response urging the court to deny the
U.S. Trustee's Office request for the quarterly fees, which are
statutory expenses charged on debtors' disbursements.  Paragon said
the bankruptcy watchdog isn't entitled to payments based on former
parent Noble PLC's settlement because the money from that deal is
going straight to the litigation trust set up.

            About Prospector Offshore and Paragon Offshore

Paragon Offshore Plc, and several affiliates filed Chapter 11
bankruptcy petitions (Bankr. D. Del. Case Nos. 16-10385 to
16-10410) on Feb. 14, 2016. The Delaware Bankruptcy Court entered
an order on June 7, 2017, confirming the 2016 Debtors' Fifth Joint
Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization.

Prospector Offshore Drilling S.a r.l. and three affiliates filed
separate Chapter 11 bankruptcy petitions (Bankr. D. Del. Case Nos.
17-11572 to 17-11575) on July 20, 2017. The affiliates are
Prospector Rig 1 Contracting Company S.a r.l.; Prospector Rig 5
Contracting Company S.a r.l.; and Paragon Offshore plc (in
administration).

The Hon. Christopher S. Sontchi presides over the cases.

The Debtors are represented by Gary T. Holtzer, Esq., and Stephen
A. Youngman, Esq., at Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, and Mark D.
Collins, Esq., Amanda R. Steele, Esq., and Joseph C. Barsalona II,
Esq., at Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., as counsel.  The Debtors
hired as their financial advisors, Lazard Freres & Co. LLC; as
their restructuring advisor, AlixPartners, LLP; and as their
claims, noticing and solicitation agent, Kurtzman Carson
Consultants LLC.

In the petitions signed by Senior Vice President and CFO Lee M.
Ahlstrom, the Debtors estimated $1 billion to $10 billion in both
assets and liabilities.  

The Debtors' bankruptcy filing came two days after the Paragon
Offshore group completed its corporate and financial reorganization
on July 18, 2017.  The plan of reorganization under chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code substantially de-levered Paragon
Offshore's ongoing business, eliminating approximately $2.3 billion
of secured and unsecured debt.


PARKLAND CORP: Fitch Rates CAD-Denominated Unsec. Notes 'BB'
------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'BB'/'RR4' rating to Parkland
Corporation's proposed issuance of Canadian dollar-denominated
senior unsecured notes. Proceeds will be used to reduce outstanding
credit facility borrowings.

Parkland's ratings and Stable Outlook reflect its unique business
characteristics as a fully integrated downstream petroleum company.
It features a strong retail fuel presence in Canada and the
Caribbean and a growing presence in the U.S. as well as supporting
distribution and logistics businesses and small relative refining
operations. Fitch views the long-term cash flow stability gained
through Parkland's integrated operations and diversified asset base
as supportive of credit quality.

The company has grown significantly in recent years through
acquisitions and steady capital spending on organic initiatives.
However, risks remain as the lasting impact of measures taken to
control the spread of the coronavirus continue to unfold in the
marketplace.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Resilient Business Model: Volumes declined rapidly across
Parkland's businesses during the first half of 2020 in response to
stay-at-home orders to combat the coronavirus. Parkland experienced
temporary large YOY product volume decreases in the first few
months of the pandemic, but full-year 2020 volumes decreased only
12% in Canada and 3% in International from 2019 levels, both better
than Fitch expected. Higher than anticipated margins in Canada and
the U.S. led to better EBITDA and leverage than previous Fitch
targets. 1Q21 results represented a continuation of these positive
trends. Fitch forecasts a continued return to a sustainable
operating environment, including a return to driving patterns near
pre-coronavirus levels over the next 12 to 24 months.

Capturing Margin Along the Value Chain: Parkland has a strong and
established retail footprint in Canada and the Caribbean and a
small but growing presence in the U.S. The company drives value
through the system by creating and exploiting cost/supply
advantages. These advantages come via downstream integration,
allowing Parkland to secure attractive margins in support of
consistent cash flow generation. The downstream integration
advantages are meaningful versus nonintegrated fuel retailer
peers.

Parkland's diversified business model and vertical integration also
help smooth some of the volatility common in the refining space.
Parkland's own retail outlet for finished product sourced both
internally and externally, and its capability to move, store and
deliver that product to customers provides the company with an
offset and a simple buffer to the cyclical lows inherent in the
refining industry.

Diverse Portfolio: Parkland has approximately 1,850 company and
dealer-owned retail sites across Canada, and nearly 500 in both the
Caribbean and the U.S. Parkland's retail and commercial franchises
display size/scale advantages and geographic/product
diversification. Parkland has regionally relevant brands in close
proximity to the major population centers. The company reports that
roughly 85% of Canadians live within a 15-minute drive of a
Parkland service station.

Parkland has a dominant position in many of the Caribbean countries
where it operates, meaningful shipping capabilities, and control of
essential distribution and supply assets. Its size/scale in the
U.S. is small, but the company has been expanding its retail,
commercial and wholesale capabilities via advantages developed just
north of the border.

The juxtapositions within Parkland's refining operations in
Burnaby, British Columbia (BC), as they relate to size, scale and
asset quality are distinct. Currently, the company operates only a
single, small capacity, low complexity refinery. Fitch typically
views refining companies with less than 100,000 barrels per day of
capacity as well as single-asset refineries as being more
consistent with a 'B' credit profile, if it were a standalone
refining business.

Fitch believes Parkland's single refinery possesses some geographic
advantages. It is strategically connected by pipeline to the Trans
Mountain Pipeline, and its tank farm in Burnaby is located on the
Burrard inlet, in close proximity to Vancouver, BC. Additionally,
the Burnaby refinery is fully integrated with Parkland's
commercial/wholesale and retail businesses in Western Canada and is
not a merchant refiner. These unique characteristics provide more
cash flow and earnings stability than Parkland would have without
integration, in Fitch's view.

Growth Supported by M&A: Parkland has grown over the past few
years, 2020 aside, largely on the back of successful acquisitions,
with synergy capture after the fact and steady organic growth all
along the way. With the 2017 Ultramar (CAD978 million) and Chevron
Canada (CAD1.68 billion) acquisitions, Parkland generated an
approximate 50% synergy capture, defined by the company as EBITDA
lift post-acquisition. In early 2019, the company moved into the
Caribbean with the purchase of 75% of Sol Investments for CAD1.5
billion and obtained a dominant fuel marketing position in 23
countries with extensive supply and distribution assets.

The company spent nearly CAD600 million on acquisitions in the U.S.
since the beginning of 2018 through the end of 2020, expanding into
three regional operating centers: Northern Tier, Rockies and
Southeast. Additionally, in February 2021, Parkland announced an
acquisition that would add a fourth regional operating center in
the Pacific Northwest. The company has successfully acquired
attractive assets and captured significant synergies
post-transactions, supporting Fitch's assumptions for improving
leverage beyond 2020.

Refining Cycle: Refining is subject to periods of boom and bust,
with sharp swings in crack spreads over the cycle. Given the rest
of Parkland's portfolio is highly ratable, refining remains a
source of potential variability in future results. Retail,
commercial and wholesale fuel and logistics operating segments tend
to be less cyclical, and Fitch expects Parkland's positions in
Canada and the Caribbean to benefit from its position as one of the
largest competitors in those regions.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Parkland is somewhat unique relative to Fitch's coverage given its
diversification across the midstream and downstream value chain,
especially due to the relatively small size and scale of its
refining operations. From a business line perspective, though
orders of magnitude smaller in size and scale, Fitch sees Marathon
Petroleum Corporation (MPC; BBB/Stable) as a peer. Fitch views a
one full rating category difference between Parkland and MPC as
appropriate given Parkland's distinctive characteristics,
significantly smaller size and scale, and weaker relative financial
profile.

Credit rating differences, relative to MPC, arise from Parkland's
'single refiner risk' factor and the substantially smaller size,
scale and complexity of Parkland's refining operations. Fitch views
similarly rated Sunoco LP (SUN; BB/Positive) as a peer for the
distribution segment of Parkland's business. Differences in credit
profile, relative to SUN, arise from Parkland's position as a fully
integrated downstream operator.

However, Fitch views SUN as having greater margin stability,
supported by its multi-year take-or-pay fuel supply agreement with
a 7-Eleven subsidiary, under which SUN will supply approximately
2.2 billion gallons of fuel annually, and no refining operations.
Puma Energy Holdings Pte Ltd (BB-/Stable) is a global integrated
midstream and downstream peer with storage, distribution,
fuel-retailing and business to business activities across the
globe. Relative to Parkland, Puma has a slightly larger size and
scale, leverage that is similar but more exposure to developing
economies and foreign currency risks globally, leading to its lower
credit rating.

Leverage, as measured by total adjusted debt/operating EBITDAR, is
roughly one half to one full turn worse than MPC, 2020 excluded,
and Fitch does not forecast improvement in this metric for Parkland
until later in the forecast period. Fitch expects Parkland's
leverage to be at least one turn better than Sunoco's over the
forecast period, 2020 excluded, based on Fitch's expectations for
SUN's total debt with equity credit/operating EBITDA to end 2021
between 4.0x-4.3x. Parkland's weaker relative financial profile is
a factor considered in the credit rating difference between MPC and
Parkland.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

-- Full-year 2021 volumes, both retail and commercial, rebound
    meaningfully in Canada, leading to approximately 20% growth
    compared to 2020. Margins in Canada move towards historical
    averages;

-- The USA segment experiences a similar level of YOY volume
    growth in 2021, relative to Canada, driven in large part by
    acquisitions, both announced and assumed;

-- Given the strong 2020 volume performance in the International
    segment, compared to the Canadian segment, 2021 growth
    assumptions are more muted. Margins remain similar to recent
    history;

-- Utilization at the company's Burnaby refinery of roughly 85%
    in 2021, after posting a turnaround impacted 68.9% utilization
    in 2020. Refining utilization of 90%-94% in years without a
    major turnaround, beyond 2021;

-- An increase in near-term growth and acquisition spending, from
    the trough seen in 2020, including maintenance and growth
    capex in line with management guidance;

-- Minimal debt issuances/repayments over the forecast period,
    beyond the currently proposed transaction;

-- USD1.00/CAD1.33 throughout the quarters of the forecast
    period.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factor that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Expected or actual fiscal year with total adjusted
    debt/operating EBITDAR below 3.0x.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Total adjusted debt/operating EBITDAR, capitalizing operating
    lease expense at 8.0x, above 4.0x on a sustained basis.
    Attractive acquisitions that push this metric above the
    negative sensitivity temporarily will be reviewed on a case by
    case basis;

-- A second wave of stay-at-home orders across North America
    related to the coronavirus, leading to further demand
    destruction, without an offsetting increase in fuel margins;

-- A disproportionate decrease in realized fuel margins versus
    increased fuel volumes;

-- Impairments to liquidity;

-- Acquisitions that increase overall business risk and/or are
    not financed in a balanced manner.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Liquidity Adequate: Parkland had total available liquidity of
roughly CAD1.3 billion, including CAD622 million in unrestricted
cash and equivalents on the balance sheet as of March 31, 2021.

On March 25, 2021, the company amended its senior secured credit
facility agreement to increase the total amount available and
extend the maturity date. The two-tranche credit facility now has
approximately CAD1.9 billion in total availability, up from
approximately CAD1.7 billion. Both credit facilities mature in
2026. The company had just over CAD650 million drawn on its
revolving credit facilities as of March 31, 2021.

Along with additional cash generated from operations, Parkland's
liquidity position improved significantly since the end of 1Q20.
With debt refinancings completed thus far in 2021, Parkland has no
senior unsecured notes due until 2026.

ISSUER PROFILE

Parkland Corporation is a leading convenience store operator and an
independent supplier and marketer of fuel and petroleum products.
The company's operations span across Canada, the United States and
the Caribbean. Parkland serves customers through retail, commercial
and wholesale sales channels. Additionally, the company operates
the Burnaby refinery in British Columbia.

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL ADJUSTMENTS

Fitch applies an 8.0x multiple to operating leases.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


PRECISION DRILLING: Fitch Rates New Unsecured Notes Due 2029 'B+'
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'B+'/'RR4' rating to Precision
Drilling Corporation's (NYSE: PDS/TSE: PD) proposed senior
unsecured notes due 2029. The company intends to use the proceeds
of approximately $400 million in addition to borrowings under the
Revolving Credit Facility (revolver) to redeem the outstanding
7.75% and 5.25% notes and for general corporate purposes.

Precision's 'B+' Long-Term Issuer Default Rating reflects the
company's improved maturity profile, execution on debt reduction
initiatives, sufficient liquidity profile and expectation of
continued FCF generation with proceeds allocated toward debt
repayment that should help maintain credit metrics within rating
tolerances. Fitch believes activity levels likely bottomed in late
2020 and expects modest rig count improvements in 2021. However,
Fitch believes pricing, especially in the U.S., could remain muted
in the near term and weaken overall margins.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Issuance Reduces Refinance Risk, Extends Maturities: Precision's
proposed $400 million senior unsecured note issuance and expected
redemption of the 7.75% and 5.25% notes reduces refinance risk and
extends the maturity profile. The maturity profile will remain
muted with no significant maturities until the 7.125% notes mature
in 2026. Pro forma the redemptions, the company expects
approximately $200 million outstanding on the revolver and Fitch
believes Precision will prioritize its FCF generation toward
repayment of the revolver.

Continued Debt Reduction; Sufficient Liquidity: Fitch expects
Precision's liquidity profile will remain sufficient throughout the
rating horizon despite the elevated pro forma revolver balance and
believes management's CAD100 million-CAD125 million debt reduction
target in 2021 is achievable given the forecast FCF generation.
Gross debt reduction totaled CAD171 million in 2020, despite
historically weak rig counts and pricing pressures, and the company
has repaid approximately CAD600 million under its CAD800 million
gross debt reduction plan (2018-2022). Fitch expects debt repayment
will be largely aimed at the revolver and Fitch's base case
forecasts leverage at 5.1x in 2021, which improves thereafter
through a combination of expected gross debt reduction and modest
increases in pricing and activity levels.

Maintenance-Focused Capital Program; Positive FCF: Management has
guided toward a maintenance-focused capital program of
approximately CAD54 million in 2021, (CAD38 million of maintenance
and CAD16 million for upgrade and expansion spending) down from
CAD62 million in 2020, with a focus on FCF generation. Fitch's base
case forecasts approximately CAD100 million and CAD130 million of
FCF in 2021 and 2022, respectively, assuming modest improvements in
rig counts from 4Q20, albeit weaker margins.

Leading Canadian Share: Precision has a leading market share in
Canada, with approximately 33% of active rigs in key Canadian
basins. The company's current Canadian fleet consists of 109
drilling rigs and 188 well service rigs. Fitch anticipates drilling
activity will modestly improve from 2020 lows and believes
Precision will continue to maintain market share given its success
and growth in digital leadership through its Alpha Technology
services, which are not exposed to pricing competition and help
improve overall utilization rates.

Volatile U.S. Operations; Competitive Pricing: U.S. operations are
historically more volatile than Canadian operations, although both
regions saw pandemic-linked volatility in 2020. Fitch estimates
Precision has the fourth-largest market share at approximately 8%,
an improvement from approximately 6% in 2015. Fitch expects
improved activity levels in the U.S. for 2021, similar to Canada,
but believes pricing will be more competitive in the U.S. given
recent weakness in spot market rates and a more competitive labor
market.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Precision's primary peer is Nabors Industries (CCC+), which is also
an onshore driller with exposure to the U.S. and Canadian markets.
Nabors is estimated to have the third-largest market share in the
U.S. at approximately 12%, versus Precision at 8%. Nabors' gross
margins in the U.S. are higher than Precision's, but are helped by
their offshore and Alaskan rig fleet, which operate at
significantly higher margins. Precision has the highest market
share in Canada at approximately 33%, while Nabors has a smaller
position. However, Nabors has a significant international presence,
which typically means longer-term contracts that partially negate
the volatility of the U.S. market.

Precision has stronger leverage metrics than Nabors, and, following
the notes redemptions, will have a longer-dated maturity profile
with the next note maturity in 2026. Nabors has more liquidity than
Precision due to its larger revolver and higher availability, but
both companies are expected to generate FCF through their
respective forecast periods and utilize the cash to reduce debt.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

-- WTI oil price of $55/bbl in 2021 and $50/bbl in 2022 and
    thereafter;

-- Henry Hub natural gas price of $2.75/mcf in 2021 and $2.45/mcf
    thereafter;

-- Revenues decline by approximately 3% in 2021 due to reduction
    in E&P capital spending and weaker margins with modest
    increases thereafter as activity resumes;

-- Capex of CAD54 million in 2021 and CAD60 million in the long
    term to maintain equipment given the view that there are no
    upgrades or expansions until utilization increases;

-- FCF is expected to remain positive with the expectation that
    proceeds will be used to reduce debt.

KEY RECOVERY RATING ASSUMPTIONS

-- The recovery analysis assumes that Precision Drilling Corp.
    would be reorganized as a going-concern in bankruptcy rather
    than liquidated.

-- Fitch has assumed a 10% administrative claim.

Going-Concern (GC) Approach

Precision's GC EBITDA estimate reflects Fitch's view of a
sustainable, post-reorganization EBITDA level, upon which the
agency bases the enterprise valuation.

-- The GC EBITDA assumption for commodity sensitive issuer at a
    cyclical peak reflects the industry's move from top of the
    cycle commodity prices to mid-cycle conditions and
    intensifying competitive dynamics.

-- The GC EBITDA assumption is relatively in-line with 2023
    forecast EBITDA, which represents the emergence from a
    prolonged commodity price decline. Fitch assumes a WTI oil
    price of USD55 in 2021m and USD50 in 2022 and for the long
    term.

-- The GC EBITDA assumption reflects loss of customers and lower
    margins, as E&P companies pressure oil service firms to reduce
    operating costs.

-- The assumption also reflects corrective measures taken in the
    reorganization to offset the adverse conditions that triggered
    default such as cost cutting and optimal deployment of assets.

An EV multiple of 5x EBITDA is applied to the GC EBITDA to
calculate a post-reorganization enterprise value. The choice
of this multiple considered the following factors:

-- The historical bankruptcy case study exit multiples for peer
    energy companies have a wide range with a median of 6.1x. The
    oilfield service subsector ranges from 2.2x to 42.5x due to
    the more volatile nature of EBITDA swings in a downturn. The
    median is 8.0x.

-- Seventy Seven Energy Inc., a strong comparison, emerged from
    bankruptcy in August 2016 with a midpoint EV of USD800 million
    resulting in a post-emergence EBITDA multiple of 5.6x based on
    2017 forecast EBITDA of USD144 million. The company was
    subsequently acquired by Patterson-UTI for USD1.76 billion,
    resulting in a 12x multiple based on 2017 forecasted EBITDA.

-- Fitch uses a multiple of 5.0x to estimate a value for
    Precision because of its high mix of Canadian rigs, weaker
    competitive position in the US, and relative mix of non-Super
    Spec rigs.

Liquidation Approach

The liquidation estimate reflects Fitch's view of the value of
balance sheet assets that can be realized in sale or liquidation
processes conducted during a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding
and distributed to creditors.

-- Fitch assigns a liquidation value to each rig based on
    management discussions, comparable market transaction values,
    and upgrade and newbuild cost estimates.

-- Different values were applied to top of the line Super Spec
    rigs, lower value Super Spec rigs, non-Super Spec rigs, and
    higher value International rigs.

-- The GC value was estimated at approximately CAD1.0 billion, or
    approximately CAD4 million per rig.

Fitch assumes the secured credit facility will be fully drawn upon
default and is super senior in the waterfall. The value allocation
in the liability waterfall results in a recovery corresponding to
'RR1' for the secured credit facility which receives a three-notch
uplift from the IDR and a recovery corresponding to 'RR4' for the
senior unsecured guaranteed notes.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Demonstrated management commitment to lower gross debt levels;

-- Ability to maintain a competitive asset base in a credit
    conscious manner;

-- Improved liquidity and financial flexibility outlook;

-- Midcycle gross debt/EBITDA below 3.5x on a sustained basis.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Failure to manage FCF that negatively affects liquidity and
    debt reduction capacity;

-- Deteriorating bank relationships that result in increasing
    covenant pressure or reduced liquidity;

-- Structural deterioration in rig fundamentals that results in
    weaker than expected financial flexibility;

-- Midcycle gross debt/EBITDA above 4.5x on a sustained basis.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Manageable Liquidity: Precision had CAD78 million of cash on hand
as of March 31, 2021, and pro forma for the notes redemption,
Precision is expected to have approximately USD200 million
outstanding under its USD500 million revolver. Fitch understands
liquidity is limited in the near term, but believes this is
manageable given the positive FCF profile and expectation for
continued revolver repayment in-line with management's stated 2021
target of CAD100 million-CAD125 million. Fitch anticipates the
company will continue to be FCF positive over the forecast given
the reduction in capital spending.

ISSUER PROFILE

Precision Drilling Corporation is an oilfield service company that
owns and operates a fleet of 227 onshore drilling rigs in Canada,
the U.S. and internationally. The company also owns and operates a
series of completion and production assets, including 198 well
service rigs, that address maintenance, optimization and completion
needs in Western Canada and the U.S.; oilfield services rental
equipment; well site accommodations; and water treatment and
handling.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


PROOFPOINT INC: Fitch Assigns FirstTime 'B' IDR, Outlook Stable
---------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned Proofpoint, Inc. a first-time 'B'
Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The Rating Outlook is
Stable. Fitch has also assigned a 'BB-'/'RR2' to Proofpoint's $250
million secured revolving credit facility (RCF) and $2.6 billion
first-lien secured term loan. The $800 million second-lien secured
term loan is not rated. The proceeds along with sponsor equity from
Thoma Bravo will be used for Thoma Bravo's acquisition of
Proofpoint. The acquisition was announced on April 26, 2021.

Fitch's ratings are supported by Proofpoint's highly recurring
revenues that translate into resilient cash flow generation. As a
private equity owned company, Fitch expects financial leverage to
remain elevated, as equity owners optimize ROE over debt reduction.
Fitch estimates gross leverage to be approximately 8.6x in 2022 and
declining to below 7x in 2023, driven by EBITDA growth due to
continuing revenue growth and implementation of operational
optimization. Fitch forecasts gross leverage to remain above 6x
through 2024. The operating profile and financial metrics are
consistent with a 'B' IDR.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Leader in Niche Cybersecurity Industry: In the highly fragmented
enterprise cybersecurity industry, Proofpoint has been a recognized
leader in enterprise email security and compliance with products
that protect against threats across email, web, networks, cloud
applications, data governance and data retention enforcement.

Secular Tailwind Supporting Growth: Proofpoint is exposed to the
growing cybersecurity industry, which forecasts show will have CAGR
in the high-single-digits to low-teens in a normal economic
environment. The importance of cybersecurity has been elevated in
recent years with increasing complexity of IT networks and
continued digitalization of information. High profile cybersecurity
breaches have also heightened awareness for more comprehensive
cybersecurity solutions. Fitch believes these factors will benefit
subsegment leaders such as Proofpoint as part of the overall
solution.

Highly Recurring Revenue with High Retention: Over 95% of
Proofpoint's revenue is recurring in nature, with over 90% gross
retention rates. The strong revenue retention implies sticky
products supported by Proofpoint's platform of cybersecurity
products, which solidify its market position. The high revenue
retention and recurring revenue enhances the predictability of
Proofpoint's financial performance and maximizes the lifetime value
of customers.

Diversified Customer Base: Proofpoint serves approximately 8,000
customers across diverse industry verticals including financial
services, healthcare, TMT, industrial, and manufacturing. The broad
exposure effectively reduces Proofpoint's customer concentration
risks and reduces revenue volatility through economic cycles. Fitch
views such characteristics favourably as it reduces
industry-specific risks.

Execution Risk in Operational Improvements: The company has
identified ongoing operational improvement initiatives to enhance
its operational efficiency to levels comparable to industry peers.
The successful execution of these initiatives is necessary to
realize the full value of Proofpoint. While Fitch believes the plan
is realistic, there are execution risks. For example, delay or
failure in executing the plan would adversely affect the company's
projected profitability and credit protection metrics.

Constrained Near-Term FCF: Proofpoint's existing cost structure and
transaction-related expenses will constrain the company's
profitability and FCF in the near term. Fitch estimates
Proofpoint's FCF to be near breakeven in 2021 as the company incurs
costs associated with the leveraged buyout (LBO) and operational
improvements. Fitch forecasts FCF to turn positive in 2022 as the
company benefits from a more efficient organization and LBO-related
expenses decline. Fitch expects improvements in operational
performance should lead to FCF margin expansion approaching
industry peers.

Elevated Leverage Profile with Deleveraging Capacity: Fitch
estimates Proofpoint's gross leverage will be elevated at 8.6x for
2022, as the company executes on its operational improvements.
Fitch forecasts the gross leverage to decline to below 7x in 2023,
the first full year benefiting from the operational efficiency gain
driving EBITDA growth. Despite the further deleveraging capacity
projected beyond 2022 supported by the company's FCF generation,
Fitch expects limited deleveraging as Proofpoint's private equity
ownership would likely prioritize ROE maximization over debt
prepayment. These could include acquisitions to broaden
Proofpoint's market position and dividend payments.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Proofpoint operates in the sub-segment of the fragmented
cybersecurity industry. The broader enterprise security market has
been growing supported by greater awareness around security
breaches and the increasing complexity of IT networks and
applications. While the company has been growing at rates
significantly higher than industry average as a public company, its
profitability as measured by EBITDA and FCF margins have been below
those of industry peers. As part of the plan to be acquired by
Thoma Bravo, the company plans to execute on operational efficiency
improvements to close the profitability gap with industry peers.

Within the broader enterprise security market, peers include
NortonLifeLock (BB+/Stable) and McAfee, LLC (BB-/Stable).
Proofpoint has smaller scale and lower EBITDA margins than both
NortonLifeLock and McAfee LLC. Proofpoint also has higher gross
leverage than both peers.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

Fitch's key assumptions within the rating case for the issuer
include:

-- Organic revenue growth in the mid-teens and decelerates to the
    low-teens;

-- EBITDA margins expanding to near comparable industry peers by
    2023;

-- Deferred RSU payments spread out between 2021-2028 with the
    single year peak in 2022;

-- Capex intensity of approximately 4% per year;

-- No dividend payments and acquisitions through 2024.

KEY RECOVERY RATING ASSUMPTIONS

-- The recovery analysis assumes that Proofpoint would be
    reorganized as a going-concern in bankruptcy rather than
    liquidated.

-- Fitch has assumed a 10% administrative claim.

Going-Concern (GC) Approach

-- In the event of a bankruptcy reorganization, Fitch assumes
    that Proofpoint would continue to execute on its operational
    improvements as part of the reorganization plan. In this
    scenario, Proofpoint could face customer losses and margin
    compression on lower revenue scale resulting in EBITDA that is
    approximately 20% below the estimated 2022 pro forma adjusted
    EBITDA.

-- The GC EBITDA estimate reflects Fitch's view of a sustainable,
    post-reorganization EBITDA level that should be approaching
    industry norm while incorporating the risks associated with
    necessary operational improvements, upon which  base the
    enterprise valuation.

-- An EV multiple of 7x EBITDA is applied to the GC EBITDA to
    calculate a post-reorganization enterprise value. The choice
    of this multiple considered the following factors:

-- The historical bankruptcy case study exit multiples for
    technology peer companies ranged from 2.6x-10.8x. Of these
    companies, only three were in the Software sector: Allen
    Systems Group, Inc.; Avaya, Inc.; and Aspect Software Parent,
    Inc., which received recovery multiples of 8.4x, 8.1x, and
    5.5x, respectively;

-- The highly recurring nature of Proofpoint's revenue and
    mission critical nature of the product support the high-end of
    the range.

-- After applying the 10% administrative claim, adjusted EV of
    $2.255 billion is available for claims by creditors resulting
    in 'BB-'/'RR2' recovery rating for the $2.6 billion secured
    first lien debt;

-- Fitch's recovery EV is substantially below the transaction
    value of $12.3 billion.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Success to fully execute on planned operational improvements;

-- Fitch's expectation of Total Debt with Equity Credit/Operating
    EBITDA remaining below 5.5x;

-- (CFO-Capex)/Total Debt with Equity Credit above 8%.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Failure to fully execute on planned operational improvements;

-- Fitch's expectation of Total Debt with Equity Credit/Operating
    EBITDA remaining above 7x;

-- (CFO-Capex)/Total Debt with Equity Credit below 3%;

-- Negative revenue growth reflecting erosion in market position
    for core products.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Adequate Liquidity: The company's liquidity is projected to be
adequately supported by its $550 million cash on balance sheet at
closing, $250 million undrawn revolving credit facility, and
projected FCF generation after 2022 as operational improvement
plans are executed.

Debt Structure: Proofpoint has $2.6 billion of secured first lien
debt due 2028 and $800 million of secured second lien debt due
2029. Upon successful execution of operational efficiency
improvements, Fitch expects Proofpoint to generate ample FCF to
make its required debt payments.

ESG Considerations

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


PURDUE PHARMA: Court Okays to Send Plan to Creditors for Vote
-------------------------------------------------------------
Jeremy Hill of Bloomberg News reports that U.S. Bankruptcy Judge
Robert Drain on Wednesday, June 2, 2021, said he'd approve Purdue
Pharma LP's disclosure statement, clearing the way for the
OxyContin maker to send its landmark Chapter 11 plan to creditors
for a vote.

Purdue defeated most objections to the disclosure statement last
week but spent recent days reaching agreements with various
stakeholders.

"Today is a monumental and momentous day in these cases," Marshall
Huebner of Davis Polk & Wardwell said in the Wednesday court
hearing on behalf of Purdue.

                         About Purdue Pharma LP

Purdue Pharma L.P. and its subsidiaries --
http://www.purduepharma.com/-- develop and provide prescription
medicines and consumer products that meet the evolving needs of
healthcare professionals, patients, consumers and caregivers.

Purdue's subsidiaries include Adlon Therapeutics L.P., focused on
treatment for Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and
related disorders; Avrio Health L.P., a consumer health products
company that champions an improved quality of life for people in
the United States through the reimagining of innovative product
solutions; Imbrium Therapeutics L.P., established to further
advance the emerging portfolio and develop the pipeline in the
areas of CNS, non-opioid pain medicines, and select oncology
through internal research, strategic collaborations and
partnerships; and Greenfield Bioventures L.P., an investment
vehicle focused on value-inflection in early stages of clinical
development.

Opioid makers in the U.S. are facing pressure from a crackdown on
the addictive drug in the wake of the opioid crisis and as state
attorneys general file lawsuits against manufacturers. More than
2,000 states, counties, municipalities and Native American
governments have sued Purdue Pharma and other pharmaceutical
companies for their role in the opioid crisis in the U.S., which
has contributed to the more than 700,000 drug overdose deaths in
the U.S. since 1999.

OxyContin, Purdue Pharma's most prominent pain medication, has been
the target of over 2,600 civil actions pending in various state and
federal courts and other fora across the United States and its
territories.

On Sept. 15 and 16, 2019, Purdue Pharma L.P. and 23 affiliated
debtors each filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Lead Case No.
19-23649), after reaching terms of a preliminary agreement for
settling the massive opioid litigation facing the Company.

The Company's consolidated balance sheet at Aug. 31, 2019, showed
$1.972 billion in assets and $562 million in liabilities.

U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Robert Drain, in White Plains, New York, has
been assigned to oversee Purdue's Chapter 11 case.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP and Dechert LLP are serving as legal
counsel to Purdue. PJT Partners is serving as investment banker,
and AlixPartners is serving as financial advisor. Prime Clerk LLC
is the claims agent.


PURDUE PHARMA: Genesee Suit v McKinsey Stayed Pending JPML Ruling
-----------------------------------------------------------------
At the behest of McKinsey & Company, Inc., District Judge Joanna
Seybert stayed proceedings in a litigation involving McKinsey,
captioned as, The County of Genesee et al., Plaintiffs, v. McKinsey
& Company, Inc., Defendant, No. 21-CV-1039 (E.D.N.Y.)., pending the
resolution of the firm's motion to transfer for consolidated
pre-trial proceedings currently before the Judicial Panel on
Multidistrict Litigation.

The Genesee action is one of dozens filed against McKinsey
regarding consulting work the firm performed for Purdue Pharma
L.P., the manufacturer of OxyContin.  On February 1, 2021, the
Plaintiffs initiated this action in the Supreme Court of the State
of New York, Genesee County (Index No. E68903).  On February 25,
2021, Defendant timely removed this action to the District Court.
The Defendant has filed a motion requesting that the JPML
consolidate for pre-trial purposes all related actions against the
Defendant, including this one, in a new multi-district litigation
in the Southern District of New York; a panel heard argument for
the motion on May 27, 2021.  On March 24, the Plaintiffs filed a
motion to remand to state court, which the Defendant opposes.

In conjunction with granting the Stay Motion, the Court also held
that the Defendant's letter motion to extend its time to answer the
complaint is granted.

The Court declined to rule on the Plaintiffs' Remand Motion pending
the JPML's resolution of the Defendant's motion to transfer.

A copy of the Court's May 28, 2018 Memorandum & Order is available
at https://bit.ly/2RXstM5 from Leagle.com.

                       About Purdue Pharma LP

Purdue Pharma L.P. and its subsidiaries --
http://www.purduepharma.com/-- develop and provide prescription
medicines and consumer products that meet the evolving needs of
healthcare professionals, patients, consumers and caregivers.

More than 2,000 states, counties, municipalities and Native
American governments have sued Purdue Pharma and other
pharmaceutical companies for their role in the opioid crisis in the
U.S., which has contributed to the more than 700,000 drug overdose
deaths in the U.S. since 1999.  OxyContin, Purdue Pharma's most
prominent pain medication, has been the target of over civil
actions pending in various state and federal courts and other fora
across the United States and its territories.

On Sept. 15 and 16, 2019, Purdue Pharma L.P. and 23 affiliated
debtors each filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Lead Case No.
19-23649), after reaching terms of a preliminary agreement for
settling the massive opioid litigation facing the Company.

The Company's consolidated balance sheet at Aug. 31, 2019, showed
$1.972 billion in assets and $562 million in liabilities.

U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Robert Drain, in White Plains, New York, has
been assigned to oversee Purdue's Chapter 11 case.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP and Dechert LLP are serving as legal
counsel to Purdue. PJT Partners is serving as investment banker,
and AlixPartners is serving as financial advisor. Prime Clerk LLC
is the claims agent.


QUOTIENT LIMITED: Provides Q4, Full Year Fiscal 2021 Results
------------------------------------------------------------
Quotient Limited reported its fourth quarter fiscal 2021 key
achievements and summarized recent business developments.

Chief Technology Officer

The Company has recruited Dr. Michael Hausmann, currently senior
director Global R&D, Clinical Diagnostics Division, Thermo Fisher
Scientific, to join Quotient as chief technology officer in Q2
FY2022.  Dr. Hausmann brings 24 years of experience in the in vitro
diagnostics industry.  He has extensive experience in R&D from
leading multi-site technology and clinical applications and
development programs at companies such as Abbott, bioMerieux and
most recently, Thermo Fisher Scientific.  As a new member of the
executive leadership team, Dr. Hausmann will bring his expertise to
advance Quotient's technology transfer, assay development and
commercial launch activities.

"We are delighted to welcome Michael to the Quotient team as our
new CTO, a role to which he is perfectly suited.  I've known
Michael for a number of years, and I have seen the extent of his
professional contributions and have followed his executive career
progression. I'm confident that he's the right person to further
accelerate our innovation development strategy and take our team to
the next level," said Manuel O. Mendez, chief executive officer of
Quotient.

"Turning technology into clinical solutions that create medical and
operational efficiency value for patients and customers, is a great
passion of mine.  I look forward to working with the teams in
Edinburgh and Eysins and connecting with partners and customers.  I
am thrilled to join the Quotient organization and look forward to
expanding the transfusion diagnostics offering, and accelerating
market introductions of the multimodal, multiplexing MosaiQ
technology, in immunohematology and beyond," said Dr. Hausmann.

Michael holds a Ph.D. in Biology from the Max-Planck-Institute of
Immunobiology and a MSc degree in Chemistry from
Albert-Ludwigs-University in Freiburg, Germany.

MosaiQ by Quotient Solution

The Company continues to make significant progress toward
commercialization of its transfusion diagnostics menu:

   * Immunohematology (IH): Optimization of the Expanded
     Immunohematology (IH) microarray has been completed and
     European field trials are set to commence in June 2021, to be
     followed shortly thereafter by US field trials.
Qualification
     visits have been conducted at all sites and the MosaiQ
     multimodal multiplexing system has been installed at all
trial
     locations in Europe and the US.

   * Serological Disease Screening (SDS): Development of the
     Expanded SDS microarray is ongoing and European and US Field
     Trials are expected to commence at the end of the current
     calendar year with a CE mark submission in Q1 FY2023.
Initial
     SDS 510(k) submission is on-track to be submitted by
year-end.

   * Molecular Disease Screening (MDS): The Company's internal
     testing suggests the MDS microarray will deliver a level of
     accuracy and sensitivity comparable to the most sensitive
     widely available molecular disease screening tests, using the

     flexible and efficient MosaiQ platform.

Commercial Readiness

The MosaiQ expanded IH microarray and the already CE marked Initial
Serological Disease Screening (SDS) microarray are on track for
European commercial launch at around year-end.  Approximately
twenty-five potential tenders in FY2022 and FY2023 have been
identified and in anticipation of participating in those tenders
the Company's commercial team has a target of conducting
evaluations at a minimum of twelve sites by Q1 FY2023.  The Company
believes its commercial team has all the resources required to
successfully execute the launch of these products.

"I'm excited about the progress our team has made to launch the
MosaiQ solution.  This is key as we expand our partnership with our
customers to address their needs and contribute to optimizing the
safety of the blood supply," said Manuel O. Mendez, chief executive
officer of Quotient.

Applications Across Various Testing Market Segments -- To leverage
the power and flexibility of the MosaiQ multimodal multiplexing
system, the Company is exploring new opportunities in various
market segments, notably the clinical diagnostics and plasma
diagnostics segments.

Alba by Quotient -- The Alba by Quotient reagent business generated
strong revenue growth during fiscal 2021, with product revenues
growing 9.2% for the full year and 7.4% in the fourth quarter over
fiscal 2020.

Financial position - The Company significantly strengthened its
cash position with through a private placement of $95 million
aggregate principal amount of its 4.75% Convertible Senior Notes
due 2026. This transaction adds additional cash to Quotient's
balance sheet and provides additional flexibility to meet the
funding requirements associated with the upcoming commercial launch
of MosaiQ.  The lead investor in this placement, Highbridge Capital
Management, holds a significant equity position in the Company.
The Company's cash and cash equivalents and short term investments
as at the end of May 2021 were approximately $168 million.

"The strengthening of our financial position allows us to expand
our pipeline and fund our commercial endeavors," said Manuel O.
Mendez, chief executive officer of Quotient.

As previously reported, in March 2021, two Credit Suisse Supply
Chain Finance Funds in which the Company had invested cash reserves
suspended redemptions and subsequently commenced liquidation.  To
date, 68.5% of the Company's aggregate investment has been
recovered and $34.7m remains in the funds.  The Company believes
Credit Suisse should reimburse any loss the Company may incur on
these investments, but Credit Suisse has not yet committed to do
so.  The Company has taken an impairment charge of $2.3 million in
respect of its investment in the funds.

Capital expenditures totaled $4.2 million in the year ended March
31, 2021, compared with $4.6 million in the year ended March 31,
2020.

At March 31, 2021, Quotient had available cash holdings and short-
term investments of $111.7 million.  These holdings include $53.2
million of investments held in two short-term investment funds with
Credit Suisse Asset Management (CSAM) that are currently in the
process of being liquidated.  The remaining short-term investments
to be liquidated are subject to significant valuation uncertainty.
The Company has recognized an impairment of $2.3 million related to
one of the funds invested with CSAM during March 2021.  During
April 2021, payments from these funds of $18.5 million were
received. While the timing and amount of further payments are not
clear at present the Company believes that it will receive the
remaining distributions over the next fiscal year.

As at March 31, 2021 the Company had $162.1 million of debt and
$8.7 million in an offsetting long-term cash reserve account.

Outlook for the Fiscal Year Ending March 31, 2022

   * Total product sales of Alba by Quotient reagents in the range

     of $35.5 to $36.5 million compared to product sales in fiscal

     2020 of $34.5 million. No other revenues are expected.

   * Capital expenditures in the range of $5 to $10 million.

   * Average monthly cash use for operations in the range of $6 to

     $6.5 million

   * Alba by Quotient product sales in the first quarter of fiscal

     2022 are expected to be within the range of $8.9 to $9.4
     million, compared with $8.8 million for the first quarter of
     fiscal 2021.

A full-text copy of the press release is available for free at:

https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1596946/000156459021030933/qtnt-ex991_55.htm

                      About Quotient Limited

Penicuik, United Kingdom-based Quotient Limited is a
commercial-stage diagnostics company committed to reducing
healthcare costs and improving patient care through the provision
of innovative tests within established markets.  With an initial
focus on blood grouping and serological disease screening, Quotient
is developing its proprietary MosaiQTM technology platform to offer
a breadth of tests that is unmatched by existing commercially
available transfusion diagnostic instrument platforms.  The
Company's operations are based in Edinburgh, Scotland; Eysins,
Switzerland and Newtown, Pennsylvania.

Quotient Limited reported a net loss of $102.77 million for the
year ended March 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $105.4 million
for the year ended March 31, 2019. As of Sept. 30, 2020, the
Company had $271.89 million in total assets, $238.18 million in
total liabilities, and $33.71 million in total shareholders'
equity.

Ernst & Young LLP, in Belfast, United Kingdom, the Company's
auditor since 2007, issued a "going concern" qualification in its
report dated June 12, 2020, citing that the Company is currently
involved in an arbitration dispute with a customer and an adverse
outcome of this dispute in addition to the Company's expenditure
plans over the next 12 months could result in net cash outflows
over the next 12 months exceeding the Company's existing available
cash and short-term investment balances, and has stated that
substantial doubt exists about the Company's ability to continue as
a going concern.


REGIONAL AMBULANCE: Seeks to Hire Fuller Frost as Accountant
------------------------------------------------------------
Regional Ambulance Service, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of South Carolina to employ
Fuller Frost & Associates CPA's as its accountant.

The Debtor requires an accountant to prepare its state and federal
tax returns for the 2020 tax year.

Fuller Frost & Associates estimates its fees will be between $3,500
and $4,000.  The firm will charge its normal and customary fees.

Fuller Frost & Associates  is a "disinterested person" as the term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Chris Etterlee, CPA
     Fuller, Frost & Associates, CPAs
     3638 Walton Way Extension, Suite 300
     Augusta, GA 30909
     Phone: (706) 261-8575
     Email: emccormack@fflwealth.com

                 About Regional Ambulance Service

Regional Ambulance Service, Inc. filed a voluntary petition for
relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.S.C. Case
No. 21-01021) on April 12, 2021, listing under $1 million in both
assets and liabilities.  Darrin Moyer, president, signed the
petition.  Judge Helen E. Burris oversees the case.  Barton Brimm,
PA and Fuller Frost & Associates CPA's serve as the Debtor's legal
counsel and accountant, respectively.


RT DEVELOPMENT: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
--------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 15 on June 2 disclosed in a court
filing that no official committee of unsecured creditors has been
appointed in the Chapter 11 case of RT Development, LLC.
  
                       About RT Development

RT Development, LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Calif. Case No.
21-10809) on May 3, 2021. Brett P. Miles, managing member, signed
the petition.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor had between $1
million and $10 million in both assets and liabilities.  Judge
Victoria S. Kaufman presides over the case.  The Law Offices of
Michael Jay Berger represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


SC SJ HOLDINGS: Fairmont San Jose Cleared to Seek Plan Votes
------------------------------------------------------------
Leslie A. Pappas of Bloomberg Law reports that the bankrupt owner
of the Fairmont San Jose got court approval to seek votes on a
Chapter 11 reorganization plan that would inject $45 million into
the luxury Silicon Valley hotel and hand over its management to
Hilton's Signia unit.

The revised disclosure statement, which names the proposed new
manager as Hilton's Signia Hotel Management LLC, now provides
"sufficient information" for creditors to vote on the plan, Judge
John T. Dorsey said at a hearing Tuesday in the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Delaware.

                     About SC SJ Holdings and FMT SJ

San Ramon, Caliofrnia-based Eagle Canyon Management's SC SJ
Holdings LLC owns The Fairmont San Jose, an 805-room luxury hotel
located at 170 South Market St., San Jose, Calif. The hotel is near
many of the largest Fortune 1000 corporations and is a popular
location for conferences and conventions, particularly in the
technology industry.

On March 5, 2021, SC SJ Holdings' affiliate, FMT SJ LLC, filed a
voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-10521). On March 10, 2021, SC SJ
Holdings sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. D. Del. Case No.
21-10549). The cases are jointly administered under Case No.
21-10549.

At the time of the filing, SC SJ Holdings disclosed assets of
between $100 million and $500 million and liabilities of the same
range. FMT SJ disclosed that it had estimated assets of between
$500,000 and $1 million and liabilities of between $100 million and
$500 million.

The Debtors tapped Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman, LLP, as their
bankruptcy counsel, Cole Schotz P.C. as local counsel, and Verity
LLC as financial advisor.  Stretto is the claims agent and
administrative advisor.


SM ENERGY: Stockholders Approve All Proposals at Annual Meeting
---------------------------------------------------------------
SM Energy Company held its Annual Meeting of Stockholders at which
the stockholders:

   (1) elected all of the incumbent directors that stood for
       reelection, namely: Carla J. Bailo, Stephen R. Brand,
       Ramiro G. Peru, Julio M. Quintana, Rose M. Robeson,
       William D. Sullivan, and Herbert S. Vogel;

   (2) approved, by a non-binding advisory vote, the proposal
       regarding the compensation of the Company's named executive
       officers;

   (3) approved the proposal to ratify the appointment by the
       Company's Audit Committee of Ernst & Young LLP, as the
       Company's independent registered public accounting firm for

       2021; and

   (4) approved the proposal regarding the Company's Employee
Stock
       Purchase Plan.

                          About SM Energy

SM Energy Company is an independent energy company engaged in the
acquisition, exploration, development, and production of crude oil,
natural gas, and natural gas liquids in the state of Texas.

SM Energy reported a net loss of $764.61 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $187 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of March 31, 2021, the Company had $5.02
billion in total assets, $776.62 million in total current
liabilities, $2.47 billion in total noncurrent liabilities, and
$1.77 billion in total stockholders' equity.


STA VENTURES: Seeks to Hire Hudson & Marshall as Auctioneer
-----------------------------------------------------------
STA Ventures, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Northern District of Georgia to employ Macon, Ga.-based auction
firm Hudson & Marshall Auction Marketing, Inc.

The Debtor needs the firm's assistance to (i) conduct an auction of
the 1.769-acre property in Alpharetta, Fulton County, Ga., unless
any allowed claim held by creditor, Bay Point Capital Partners II
LP, is not already paid prior to Dec. 31, 2021; and (ii) conduct
auctions of any additional real property deemed necessary to
implement the Debtor's Chapter 11 plan.

Hudson & Marshall will charge a 10 percent buyer's premium fee. The
10 percent buyer's premium will be added to the high bidder's bid
amount and 6 percent of the 10 percent collected will be retained
by Hudson and Marshall as commission.  The Debtor will retain 4
percent of the 10 percent buyer's premium to offset any advertising
and any overage will be retained by the Debtor.

Ben Hudson, III of Hudson & Marshall disclosed in court filings
that his firm is disinterested as that term is defined in Section
101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Ben Hudson, III
     Hudson & Marshall Auction Marketing, Inc.
     10761 Estes Road
     Macon, GA 31210
     Phone: 404-307-2261

                         About STA Ventures

Roswell, Ga.-based STA Ventures, LLC filed a Chapter 11 bankruptcy
petition (Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 20-66843) on June 1, 2020.  In
the petition signed by Stephen T. Allen, managing member, the
Debtor disclosed assets of $1 million to $10 million and
liabilities of the same range.  Judge Sage M. Sigler oversees the
case.  The Debtor tapped Chamberlain, Hrdlicka, White, Williams &
Aughtry as legal counsel and Magaro & Conine, CPA as accountant.


TELKONET INC: All Three Proposals Passed at Annual Meeting
----------------------------------------------------------
Telkonet, Inc. held its Annual Meeting of Stockholders at which the
stockholders:

   (a) elected Leland D. Blatt, Arthur E. Byrnes, Peter T. Kross,
       Tim S. Ledwick, and Jason L. Tienor as directors to serve
       until the next annual meeting of the stockholders or his
       earlier resignation or removal;

   (b) ratified the appointment of Wipfli, LLP as the Company's
       independent registered public accounting firm for the year
       ended Dec. 31, 2021; and

   (c) approved, on a non-binding advisory basis, the compensation
       of the Company's named executive officers as disclosed in
the
       Proxy Statement.

                          About Telkonet

Headquartered in Waukesha, WI, Telkonet, Inc. is the creator of the
EcoSmart and the Rhapsody Platforms of intelligent automation
solutions designed to optimize energy efficiency, comfort and
analytics in support of the emerging Internet of Things.  The
platforms are deployed primarily in the hospitality, educational,
governmental and other commercial markets, and is specified by
engineers, HVAC professionals, building owners, and building
operators.  The Company currently operates in a single reportable
business segment.

Telkonet reported a net loss attributable to common stockholders of
$3.15 million for the year ended Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net
loss attributable to common stockholders of $1.93 million for the
year ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company had
$6.49 million in total assets, $5.17 million in total liabilities,
and $1.32 million in total stockholders' equity.

Minneapolis, Minnesota-based Wipfli LLP, the Company's auditor
since 2020, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated March 31, 2021, citing that the Company has suffered
operating losses, has negative operating cash flows and is
dependent upon its ability to generate profitable operations in the
future and obtaining the necessary financing to meet its
obligations and repay its liabilities arising from normal business
operations when they come due.  These conditions raise substantial
doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.


TRANSOCEAN LTD: All 12 Proposals Approved at Annual Meeting
-----------------------------------------------------------
At the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders of Transocean
Ltd., shareholders of the Company:

   (1) approved the 2020 Annual Report, including the Audited
       Consolidated Financial Statements of Transocean Ltd. for
       Fiscal Year 2020 and the Audited Statutory Financial
       Statements of Transocean Ltd. for Fiscal Year 2020;

   (2) approved a proposal regarding the discharge of the Members
of
       the Board of Directors and the Executive Management Team
from
       liability for activities during Fiscal Year 2020;

   (3) approved the proposal regarding the Appropriation of the
       Accumulated Loss for Fiscal Year 2020 and Release of CHF 8.0

       Billion of Statutory Capital Reserves from Capital
       Contribution and Allocation to Free Capital Reserves from
       Capital Contribution;

   (4) approved the proposal regarding renewal of shares authorized

       for issuance;

   (5) elected Glyn A. Barker, Vanessa C.L. Chang, Frederico F.
       Curado, Chadwick C. Deaton, Vincent J. Intrieri, Samuel J.
       Merksamer, Frederik W. Mohn, Edward R. Muller, Margareth
       Ovrum, Diane de Saint Vincent, and Jeremy D. Thigpen as
       directors for a term extending until completion of the next

       Annual General Meeting;

   (6) elected Chadwick C. Deaton as the Chairman of the Board of
       Directors for a term extending until completion of the next

       Annual General Meeting;

   (7) elected Glyn A. Barker, Vanessa C.L. Chang, and Samuel J.
       Merksamer as members of the Compensation Committee, each for

       a term extending until completion of the next Annual General

       Meeting;

   (8) approved the reelection of the independent proxy for a term
       extending until completion of the next Annual General
       Meeting;

   (9) approved the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as the
       Company's Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for
       Fiscal Year 2021 and reelection of Ernst & Young Ltd,
Zurich,
       as the Company's Auditor for a further one-year term;

  (10) approved the compensation of the Named Executive Officers;

(11a) approved the ratification of the maximum aggregate amount
of
       compensation of the Board of Directors for the period
between
       the 2021 Annual General Meeting and the 2022 Annual General

       Meeting;

(11b) approved the ratification of the maximum aggregate amount
of
       compensation of the Executive Management Team for Fiscal
Year
       2022; and

  (12) approved the amendment and restatement of the Transocean
Ltd.
       2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Following the reelection at the AGM of Vanessa C.L. Chang and Glyn
A. Barker as independent members of the Company's Board of
Directors and the election of Mr. Barker as a member of the
Compensation Committee, the Company's Board of Directors appointed
Ms. Chang as Chair of the Board's Audit Committee and Mr. Barker as
Chair of the Board's Compensation Committee.

                         About Transocean

Transocean is an international provider of offshore contract
drilling services for oil and gas wells.  The company specializes
in technically demanding sectors of the offshore drilling business
with a particular focus on ultra-deepwater and harsh environment
drilling services.  The company's mobile offshore drilling fleet is
considered one of the most versatile fleets in the world.

Transocean Ltd. reported a net loss of $568 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $1.25 billion for
the year ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company had
$21.80 billion in total assets, $1.38 billion in total current
liabilities, $8.98 billion in total long-term liabilities, and
$11.43 billion in total equity.

                              *   *   *

As reported by the TCR on Dec. 1, 2020, S&P Global Ratings raised
its issuer credit on Switzerland-based offshore drilling contractor
Transocean Ltd. to 'CCC-' from 'SD' (selective default).  The
upgrade follows the company's repurchase of at least $347.6 million
of the principal amount on various of its secured and unsecured
debt issues (with maturities ranging from 2020 to 2025) for about
$213 million in cash.


UNITED METHODIST HOMES: Fitch Lowers 2013/2014A Bonds to 'BB+'
--------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has downgraded the rating one notch on the following
bonds issued by the New Jersey Economic Development Authority
(NJEDA) on behalf of United Methodist Homes of New Jersey, now
doing business as United Methodist Communities (UMC) to 'BB+' from
'BBB-':

-- $29.6 million revenue bonds, series 2013;

-- $19.4 million revenue bonds, series 2014A.

The Outlook has been revised to Stable from Negative.

In addition, Fitch has assigned its 'BB+' Issuer Default Rating
(IDR) to UMC.

SECURITY

The bonds are secured by a pledge of gross revenues of the
obligated group (OG), a debt service reserve fund and a mortgage
lien on the OG property.

ANALYTICAL CONCLUSION

The downgrade is driven by United Methodist Homes of New Jersey's
weakened operations which were exacerbated by the pandemic; UMC's
recent declines in liquidity; and UMC's high combined proportion of
skilled nursing facility (SNF) beds, assisted living units (ALUs)
and memory care units (MCUs) that leave UMC comparatively more
susceptible to future operating disruptions. While liquidity has
deteriorated and profitability has softened, Fitch believes UMC's
balance sheet cushion and current margins are sufficient at the
lower rating level, resulting in a Stable Outlook.

UMC experienced increased expenses due to coronavirus testing and
necessary supplies, as well as significantly softer census levels
for its SNF beds and ALUs. Federal and state stimulus helped offset
revenue losses, but because UMC's unit mix is so heavily weighted
toward SNF and AL, it experienced an outsized impact from lost
revenues particularly in fiscal 2021 YTD (UMC has a June 30
year-end). As a result, UMC's maximum annual debt service coverage
ratio (DSCR) has dipped below 1.0x (relative to the covenant level
of 1.25x) in both 2020 and through nine months of 2021 (unaudited
results through March 31, 2021). This does not constitute an event
of default according to UMC's bond indenture, but its inability to
effectively cover debt service in recent reporting periods also
contributes to the downgrade.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Revenue Defensibility: 'bb'

Weak IL Occupancy; Midrange Market Assessment

UMC does not have comparable life plan community (LPCs) in or near
its primary market area (PMA). There is one recent new entrant to
the market that offers AL and MC services, but management reports
that its presence has not contributed to UMC's lower census.

UMC's independent living (IL) occupancy at its Bristol Glen campus
averaged only 85% over the last five years, aligning with a 'weak'
assessment. Even though SNF, AL and MC census levels dropped during
the pandemic, covid-related challenges had minimal impact on IL
census in 2020 and 2021. Fitch believes lower census levels at the
SNF and AL are more integral to the overall rating assessment given
that total unit mix is heavily skewed towards these service lines.

UMC has a history of regular rate increases across the continuum of
care, and weighted average entrance fees and monthly service fees
are affordable relative to prevailing home values in its PMA.

Operating Risk: 'bbb'

Declining Operations, but Sufficient at Lower Rating Level

Fitch's 'bbb' assessment of UMC's operating risk reflects its track
record of stable 'midrange' operating performance. However,
profitability has deteriorated in recent years with declining
margins and weaker cost management metrics, which were also
negatively impacted by pandemic-related stresses. The downgrade
reflects these trends, whereas the Stable Outlook is driven by
Fitch's view that UMC's softer operational metrics are still
adequate at the lower rating category given UMC's balance sheet
cushion.

Capital-related metrics and capex requirements are also 'midrange'
primarily because UMC has a modest debt burden and has completed
some renovation and expansion projects at two of its campuses.

Financial Profile: 'bb'

Moderate Debt Burden, but Weak DSCR and Declining Liquidity

As of FYE 2020, UMC carried a modest debt burden, comprising mostly
the series 2013 and series 2014A fixed rate bonds, with two
relatively small bank loans totaling roughly $16 million. Based on
expectations for 'weak' revenue defensibility and 'midrange'
operating risk, Fitch expects leverage metrics to remain mixed but
stable at levels approximating its adequate 70.2% cash-to-adjusted
debt. Maximum annual debt service (MADS) coverage is 0.8x in fiscal
2020, which is weak, but will stabilize at roughly 1.1x throughout
Fitch's stress case scenario analysis. While 1.1x is low, it is
adequate enough to prevent an event of default.

UMC's liquidity profile is characterized by 276 days cash on hand
(DCOH) in fiscal 2020, which is neutral to the assessment of its
financial profile. Unrestricted cash and investments declined by
roughly 38% between fiscal years 2018-2020, although it did
generally stabilize in 2021, but this was primarily due to
government stimulus. Fitch will continue to monitor UMC's cash
position, but the recent downward trend strains its operating
cushion as it tries to rebound from the pandemic and complete
ongoing capital projects.

ASYMMETRIC ADDITIONAL RISK CONSIDERATIONS

Fitch notes that 86% of UMC's total units are SNF beds, ALUs and
MCUs, which while not rising to the level of an asymmetric risk, is
notable and puts additional pressure on the credit as it leaves UMC
more susceptible to ongoing changes to the SNF and AL landscape,
particularly during the pandemic.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Improved, sustained IL occupancy of approximately 90%-93%;

-- Increased core profitability and entrance fee cash flows,
    amounting to net operating margin (NOM) of approximately 13%
    15% and net operating margin adjusted (NOMA) of about 15%-20%.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Prolonged weak census levels for the SNF beds, ALUs or MCUs or
    slow recovery of census to historical levels that results in
    NOM of 0%-3%, operating ratio of roughly 95%-100% and
    continued cash decline;

-- Sustained DSCR of less than 1.0x that could trigger an event
    of default;

-- While not expected, any additional cash transfers from the OG
    or debt incurred by the OG to fund new projects, particularly
    the Enclave Project.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Sovereigns, Public Finance
and Infrastructure issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario
(defined as the 99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in
a positive direction) of three notches over a three-year rating
horizon; and a worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative
direction) of three notches over three years. The complete span of
best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating
categories ranges from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario
credit ratings are based on historical performance.

CREDIT PROFILE

UMC operates nine senior housing, comprehensive ALUs, MCUs and SNFs
across the state of New Jersey. The OG consists of three owned
and/or operated facilities with a total of 647 units. These
facilities are: Collingswood Manor, located in Collingswood;
Bristol Glen, located in Newton and Fredon; and The Shores at
Wesley Manor, located in Ocean City.

In fiscal 2017, UMC sold its Francis Asbury Manor facility, which
was located in Ocean Grove and was previously part of the OG. UMC
also has non-OG entities, which include one ALU and SNF, five HUD
202 housing facilities and one home health corporation. The rating
is based on OG financials and operations. In fiscal 2020, the OG
reported total revenues of $57.7 million. In fiscal 2020, OG
revenues and assets comprised 71% and 89% of total system revenues
and assets.

REVENUE DEFENSIBILITY

UMC has a small portion of ILUs among its campuses. Its 88 ILUs are
all located at its Bristol Glen location, which has historically
achieved average IL occupancy of roughly 85%, aligning with a
'weak' assessment. In 2020 and through nine months of 2021, IL
census has modestly increased to 93% and 94%, respectively, which
management attributes to some new hires for their marketing team,
additional training for marketing staff, and increased spending on
digital advertising.

AL and SNF censuses; however, have fallen primarily because of the
pandemic. Five-year averages for SNF beds and ALUs are 85% and 87%,
respectively, which are already low, but weakened to 68% and 71%
through nine months of fiscal 2021. Management reports that census
levels for the SNF and AL are starting to recover in 2021 and could
reach pre-pandemic levels by 2022, which Fitch views positively.
However, due to the nature of UMC's overall unit mix, Fitch
believes it is susceptible to any renewed challenges with census or
a reversal in improvements.

Any protracted census issues that result in lower sustained
occupancy could further impair operating performance. Additionally,
as of 2020, Medicare and Medicaid combined payor mix amounted to
roughly 58%, which Fitch views as significant enough to negatively
impact UMC if there are unfavorable changes to reimbursement by the
government.

Competition in UMC's market is minimal. The only comparable LPCs
are at least 17 miles from UMC's PMA. There is one new AL/MC
provider in the market that is close to the Bristol Glen campus,
but has not materially impacted census for any aspect of the care
continuum.

UMC has a consistent history of rate increases for its monthly fees
for all levels of care, but there have been no recent increases to
entrance fees. Annual monthly fee increases have ranged from 1%-3%
and are budgeted for that same range heading into 2021.

UMC's weighted average entrance fee is approximately $175,000 which
is affordable relative to average resident net worth of about $1.1
million. Based upon Fitch's review of public data, average home
values are roughly $307,000 in Collingswood, $313,000 in Newton,
$281,000 in Fredon and $700,000 in Ocean City, where each witnessed
double-digit home value appreciation over the last year.

OPERATING RISK

UMC's Bristol Glen campus offers a wide range of entrance fee
contracts, including 0% refundable, 50% refundable, 90% refundable
and traditional lifecare options. Fitch considers UMC as a
predominantly type B community since about 66% of current residents
selected the 90% refundable option which includes a $90,000 health
care benefit (equivalent to $2,500/month credit of up to 36 months
in the health care unit). For the remaining residents, 21% have
traditional lifecare plans, 11% have 50% refundable plans, and 2%
have 0% refundable plans.

Operating performance at UMC weakened between 2018 and 2020, and
then softened further as of nine-month 2021 unaudited financials
through March 31, 2021. Deterioration in operating metrics from
2018-2020 were primarily caused by some early challenges with the
pandemic in 2020. Pandemic stresses continued into fiscal 2021,
where UMC saw very low census levels in its ALUs and SNF beds as a
result of an overall surge in coronavirus cases throughout New
Jersey and the onset of positive cases within UMC's three
campuses.

Management's budgeted expectations for nine months of 2021 was a
net operating loss of $600,000, but ultimately amounted to an
actual loss of $2,753,000, representing a significant variance of
$2.1 million in operating losses. Revenue losses were partially
offset by some grant funding from UMC's Foundation, as well as
combined Federal and State stimulus funds totaling about $2.4
million. Nine-month 2021 results show a 99.1% operating ratio, 4.4%
NOM, and 4.2% NOMA, which are all below UMC's respective five-year
averages (which include nine-month interims for 2021) of 91.6%,
10.4%, and 10.5%.

Despite the sharp decline in AL and SNF occupancy in 2021,
management reports that census levels have started to improve over
recent months, and management expects them to continue to climb as
vaccines are administered across the state. However, Fitch believes
that given the decline in operating metrics exacerbated by the
pandemic, there is a higher degree of operating risk, driving the
downgrade. Any reversion in progress on occupancy statistics or
negative developments related to the pandemic would weaken UMC's
profitability due to its large amount of SNF beds and ALUs.

Net entrance fee turnover has been volatile for UMC over the last
few years and are generally low due to the small percentage of ILUs
across its three campuses. Driven primarily by the onset of refunds
that fell behind due to some turnover in the Bristol Glen business
office, entrance fee cash flows turned negative in both 2020 and
through nine-months of 2021, respectively falling to -$757,000 and
-$64,000.

The confluence of pandemic stresses in the AL and SNF, and the
downturn in net entrance fees has caused UMC to breach its DSCR
covenant of 1.25x. Based on Fitch's calculations that include YTD
performance (and not a trailing 12-month methodology that UMC uses
in its public disclosures) DSCR was 0.8x and 0.7x in 2020 and
through nine months of 2021, respectively. While this is below
1.0x, it is not an event of default, as UMC's DSCR would have to
dip below 1.0x for four consecutive quarters on a trailing 12-month
basis (UMC has thus far only fallen below 1.0x for two consecutive
quarters).

Fitch considers the incurrence of refunds more of a cash flow
timing issue, rather than a structural challenge for the
organization. However, improving the operating performance for the
SNF and AL will be integral to raising the DSCR going forward. If
DSCR stays below 1.0x, that would likely apply additional negative
pressure on the rating.

UMC recently completed the capital project at its Collingswood
campus, which entailed renovating its health care community to a
"neighborhood model" and converting 24 existing ALUs to MCUs (20 of
which are occupied as of May 2021). UMC is also pursuing its Shores
campus project, which includes renovating and modernizing its first
and second floors, enhancing its dining room space, renovating
certain common areas, converting 22 ALUs to MCUs, and converting 12
ALUs to dedicated hospice care beds. The project is in its final
phase (Phase III).

UMC is also completing its Bristol Glen campus project, which
involves converting its health care community to a neighborhood
model, expanding its MCUs to 21 from 14, and some roadwork on the
main street of the campus. While the pandemic delayed these
projects, UMC management still expects to complete them by June 30,
2021. Continued construction delays beyond FYE 2021 that result in
added expenses could apply additional pressure on the rating.

As a result of some of the aforementioned capex plans, both
capex-to-depreciation and average age of plant are on par with a
'midrange' assessment for capital expenditure requirements.
Five-year averages (which include nine-month interims for 2021) for
capex-to-depreciation and age of plant are respectively 130.1% and
12.8 years. Near-term capital plans are expected to be routine,
totaling roughly $2.5 million per year.

A longer-term project, called The Enclave, includes building new
MCUs on an 18-acre land parcel. While this project is outside of
the OG, UMC transferred $9.4 million in cash toward the purchase of
the land in 2020, which depleted its liquidity. Any additional cash
transfers or new borrowings to fund The Enclave would put
additional negative pressure on UMC's rating, but that is not in
management's future plans at this time.

UMC has a modest debt burden, resulting in MADS as a percentage of
total revenues of 12.6% and revenue-only MADS coverage of 0.9x,
which are both 'midrange.' However, due to pandemic-related
stresses to the AL and SNF, as well as negative net entrance fees,
the five-year average for debt-to-net available has climbed to
8.6x, which aligns with a 'weak' assessment.

FINANCIAL PROFILE

The downgrade is also driven by the decline of UMC's unrestricted
cash and investments that fell 38% between 2018 and 2020 due to a
host of factors, including the $9.4 million cash transfer for The
Enclave, elevated overall capex, unrealized investment losses
(especially in 2020) and a decrease in accounts payable. As of FYE
2020, UMC had approximately $39.9 million in unrestricted cash and
investments, representing 70.2% of adjusted debt and 276 DCOH.
Despite operating pressures, UMC's cash position stayed relatively
stable at approximately $38.9 million as of March 31, 2021
(unaudited), owing to its receipt of approximately $2.4 million of
stimulus relief from the state and federal governments.

In light of expectations for 'weak' revenue defensibility and
'midrange' operating risk, UMC's financial profile is expected to
remain consistent with a 'bb' assessment throughout its
forward-looking stress case scenario, which factors in an assumed
degree of volatility in both economic conditions and its business
cycle. Capex plans in recent years have been adequate, the overall
debt burden is modest, and UMC has no plans for additional
leverage, but Fitch believes that recent cash declines diminish its
operating cushion as it deals with its recovery from the pandemic.

By year four of Fitch's stress case, cash-to-adjusted debt is
roughly 70% and DCOH about 225 days, which is borderline neutral to
the rating assessment. DSCR will also remain at around a relatively
low level of 1.1x, but Fitch does not believe this metric will be
consistently below 1.0x, which might lead to an event of default.

ASYMMETRIC ADDITIONAL RISK CONSIDERATIONS

No additional asymmetric risk considerations are relevant to the
rating.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


UNIVERSAL HEALTH CARE: Ruling in Advanzeon Contract Row Upheld
--------------------------------------------------------------
Advanzeon Solutions, Inc., f/k/a Comprehensive Behavioral Care,
Inc., Appellant, v. State of Florida ex. rel. Florida Department of
Financial Services, as the receiver of Universal Health Care
Insurance Company, Inc. and Universal Health Care, Inc., Appellee,
No. 1D18-3087, pending before the District Court of Appeal of
Florida, First District, is a contract interpretation dispute in an
insurance receivership case. The issue is whether the contract
between a health plan and its network provider/claims processor
required the health plan to keep paying the processor contractual
administrative fees after the health plan terminated the contract.


In a June 1, 2021 decision, available at https://bit.ly/2SRFrLt
from Leagle.com, the District Court of Appeal affirmed the trial
court's holding that the contract did not require the payments.

                   About Universal Health Care

Universal Health Care Group, Inc., owns an insurance company and
three health-maintenance organizations that provide managed care
services for government-sponsored health care programs, focusing on
Medicare and Medicaid.

Universal Health was founded in 2002 by Dr. A.K. Desai and grew its
operations of offering Medicare plans to more than 37,000 members
to over 20 states.

Universal Health filed a Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection (Bankr.
M.D. Fla. Case No. 13-01520) on Feb. 6, 2013, after Florida
regulators moved to put two of the company's subsidiaries in
receivership.  Universal Health Care estimated assets of up to $100
million and debt of less than $50 million in court filings in
Tampa, Florida.  Stichter Riedel Blain & Prosser, in Tampa, served
as counsel to the Debtor.


VALENTINA CAPITAL: Seeks to Hire Spencer Fane as Legal Counsel
--------------------------------------------------------------
Valentina Capital, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Texas to employ Spencer Fane, LLP
to serve as lead bankruptcy counsel in its Chapter 11 case.

The firm's services include:

     (a) advising the Debtor regarding the administration of its
bankruptcy case, compliance with local rules and procedures, and
other matters;

     (b) advising the Debtor with respect to its retention of
bankruptcy professionals;

     (c) assisting the Debtor in analyzing its assets and
liabilities, investigating the extent and validity of liens and
participating in and reviewing any proposed asset sales, asset
dispositions, financing arrangements and cash collateral
stipulations or proceedings, to the extent applicable;

     (d) representing the Debtor in any manner relevant to
reviewing and determining its rights and obligations under leases
and other contracts;

     (e) investigating the acts, conduct, assets, liabilities and
financial condition of the Debtor, the Debtor's operations, and any
other matters relevant to the case or to the formulation of a
Chapter 11 plan;

     (f) representing the Debtor in the sale of its assets;

     (g) participating in the negotiation, formulation or objection
to any plan of liquidation or reorganization;

     (h) advising the Debtor regarding its powers and its duties
under the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules;

     (i) assisting the Debtor in the evaluation of claims and in
litigation matters, including avoidance actions; and

     (j) other legal services necessary to administer the case.
  
The firm will be paid at these rates:

     Partners       $425 - $750 per hour
     Of Counsel     $200 - $650 per hour
     Associates     $280 - $430 per hour
     Paralegals      $75 - $320 per hour

Jason Kathman, Esq., a partner at Spencer Fane, disclosed in a
court filing that his firm is a "disinterested person" within the
meaning of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Jason P. Kathman, Esq.
     Spencer Fane LLP
     5700 Granite Parkway, Suite 650
     Plano, TX 75024
     Phone: 972-324-0300
     Tel: 972-324-0301
     Email: jkathman@spencerfane.com

                     About Valentina Capital

Valentina Capital, LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Texas Case No.
21-10319) on April 27, 2021.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor
had between $500,001 and $1 million in both assets and liabilities.
Judge Tony M. Davis oversees the case.  Jacob Sparks, Esq., at
Spencer Fane LLP, represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


WATERLOO AFFORDABLE: Seeks to Hire Marcus & Millichap as Broker
---------------------------------------------------------------
Waterloo Affordable Housing, LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Nebraska to hire Marcus &
Millichap Real Estate Investment Services as its real estate
broker.

The Debtor requires a real estate broker to list and sell a
101-unit facility in Waterloo, Iowa, and a 72-unit apartment owned
by an affiliate located at 203 Harrison St., Boone, Iowa.

Marcus & Millichap will be paid a 4 percent commission on the sales
price.

Scott Harris, senior vice president of Marcus & Millichap,
disclosed in a court filing that his firm does not represent
interests adverse to Debtor and its estate.

The firm can be reached through:

     Scott D. Harris
     Marcus & Millichap
     One Mid-America Plaza, Suite 200
     Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181
     Office: (630) 570-2200

                 About Waterloo Affordable Housing

Waterloo Affordable Housing, LLC, a lessor of real estate in Omaha,
sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr.
D. Neb. Case No. 19-81610) on Oct. 30, 2019.  At the time of the
filing, the Debtor disclosed assets of between $1 million and $10
million and liabilities of the same range.  Judge Thomas L.
Saladino oversees the case.  

Robert Vaughan Ginn, Esq., and Theodore R. Boecker, Jr., Esq.,
serve as the Debtor's bankruptcy attorney and special litigation
attorney, respectively.


WB SUPPLY: Committee Seeks to Hire Sullivan Hazeltine as Co-Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------------
The official committee of unsecured creditors of WB Supply, LLC
seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of
Delaware to employ Sullivan Hazeltine Allinson, LLC to serve as
co-counsel with Chamberlain Hrdlicka White Williams & Aughtry,
P.C.

The firm's services include:

   a. assisting the committee in its discussions with the Debtor
and other parties in interest regarding the overall administration
of the Debtor's Chapter 11 case;

   b. representing the committee at court hearings and
communicating with the committee regarding the matters heard,
issues raised and decisions issued by the court;

   c. assisting the committee in its examination and analysis of
the conduct of the Debtor's affairs;

   d. preparing legal papers; and

   e. other legal services necessary to administer the case.

Sullivan will be paid at these rates:

     Attorneys                  $375 to $475 per hour
     Paralegals                    $175 per hour

The firm will also be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses
incurred.

William Hazeltine, Esq., a partner at Sullivan, disclosed in a
court filing that his firm is a "disinterested person" as the term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     William A. Hazeltine, Esq.
     Sullivan Hazeltine Allinson LLC
     919 North Market Street, Suite 420
     Wilmington, DE 19801
     Tel: (302) 428-8191
     Fax: (302) 428-8195
     E-mail: whazeltine@sha-llc.com

                        About WB Supply LLC

WB Supply, LLC is a privately held pipe and supply company based in
Pampa, Texas. Founded in 1971, WB Supply has grown to more than a
dozen locations in multiple states, including Texas, Oklahoma and
New Mexico.

WB Supply sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-10729) on April 20, 2021. At the time
of the filing, the Debtor had between $10 million and $50 million
in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Brendan Linehan Shannon oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Chipman Brown Cicero & Cole, LLP as its legal
counsel, Great American Global Partners, LLC as liquidation agent,
and EHI, LLC, a division of KBF CPAS LLP, as restructuring advisor.
EHI President Edward Hostmann serves as the Debtor's chief
restructuring officer.  Stretto is the claims and noticing agent
and administrative advisor.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 3 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors in the Debtor's case on April 29, 2021. The
committee is represented by Sullivan Hazeltine Allinson, LLC and
Chamberlain Hrdlicka White Williams & Aughtry, P.C. as legal
counsel. Carl Marks Advisory Group, LLC serves as the committee's
financial advisor.


WILLIAMS TRANSPORTATION: Lender Seeks to Prohibit Cash Access
-------------------------------------------------------------
Bank of Montgomery asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of Mississippi to prohibit Williams Transportation Co.,
LLC from using cash collateral.

BOM does not consent to the use of its cash collateral and objects
to the use of the same without Williams Transportation's providing
adequate protection payments to BOM for the use of its collateral
in the form of replacement liens on the post-petition cash
collateral. BOM asserts that Williams Transportation must also
provide a budget of the expenditures for approval by BOM.  BOM
believes it is undersecured and there is no equity cushion to
provide it with adequate protection.

On June 1, 2017, Williams Transportation and its related entities,
McCloud Logistics, LLC; Southern Trans Services, LLC; and Williams
Energy Group, LLC, entered into a Business Loan Agreement with BOM
pursuant to which BOM provided $3,600,000 to refinance existing
debt, provide working capital, and construct a truck wash
facility.

Williams Transportation and its related entities executed a
promissory note dated June 1, 2017, to and in favor of BOM, in the
original principal amount of $3,600,000, payable with interest at
the rate of 6.5% and payable in monthly installments with a final
maturity date of November 30, 2034.  BOM perfected its security
interest in all of the Debtor's trucks and trailers by having its
lien noted on the Certificate of Title for each truck and/or
trailer. BOM also perfected its security interest in the other
items of collateral by filing a UCC-1 Financing Statement with the
Mississippi Secretary of State.

As of the petition date, Williams Transportation and its Related
Entities owed BOM $3,496,879. Interest continues to accrue at the
rate of $516 per day.

Williams Transportation does not operate the trucks and trailers;
instead, it leases them to the Related Companies. It is unknown
whether there are written lease agreements. Any revenue generated
by the equipment, i.e., the trucks and trailers owned by Williams
Transportation, are subject to BOM's security interest.

A copy of the Bank's motion is available for free at
https://bit.ly/2S6beIn from PacerMonitor.com.

                About Williams Transportation Co.

Williams Transportation Co, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Miss. Case No. 21-50539) on
April 30, 2021. Scott A. Williams, member and manager, signed the
petition.  In the petition, the Debtor disclosed assets of between
$1 million and $10 million and liabilities of the same range.

Judge Katharine M. Samson oversees the case.  

The Law Offices of Douglas M. Engell, Inc. is the Debtor's legal
counsel.



WILSON COLLEGE: Fitch Alters Outlook on 'BB' IDR to Stable
----------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Chambersburg Area Municipal Authority's
Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) and $34 million education
facility revenue and refunding bonds series 2018, issued on behalf
of Wilson College, PA at 'BB'.

The Rating Outlook has been revised to Stable from Negative.

SECURITY

The bonds are a general obligation of the obligated group (Wilson
is the sole member) payable from any legally available funds (AF).
The bonds are secured by a pledge of the college's gross revenues
and a mortgage on its core campus property. In addition, the bonds
have a cash-funded debt service reserve fund.

ANALYTICAL CONCLUSION

The ratings reflect Wilson's adequate balance sheet cushion
relative to limited revenue defensibility and stronger operating
risk assessments. Revenue defensibility considers moderate demand
indicators constrained by a history of unsustainable endowment
draws, which have been declining in recent years. Operating risk
incorporates stronger cash flow margins (inclusive of endowment
spend) and a manageable level of capital needs. Execution risk
related to Wilson's targeted enrollment growth plans and
significant reliance on endowment income have historically
constrained the rating, despite maintenance of available funds and
comfortable balance sheet ratios relative to adjusted debt.

The Outlook revision to Stable from Negative reflects Fitch's view
that steady overall fall 2020 enrollment and support from federal
relief funds will result in stable financial performance in fiscal
2021, and sustain the college's prospects for ongoing financial
performance at the current rating level throughout Fitch's rating
case scenario analysis.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Revenue Defensibility: 'bb'

Sensitive Demand; High Endowment Spending

Aggressive enrollment growth with mixed demand indicators in a
weaker market support Wilson's revenue defensibility. Net tuition
and fee revenues have doubled between fiscal years 2014 and 2020
with aggressive program and enrollment growth and modest retention.
First time and transfer admissions declined in fall 2020 among
Wilson's traditional student base, largely offset by strong
returning student and online program enrollment, which has been key
to the college's recent growth following a period of general
decline. Spending related to this turnaround has resulted in
endowment draws well above sustainable levels that have moderated
in recent years, and stable demand through fall 2020 suggests
potential enrollment resiliency going forward.

Operating Risk: 'a'

Solid Cash Flow; Manageable Capital Needs

Operating cost flexibility is solid as reflected in historically
strong cash flow; however, spending is largely driven by personnel
for instruction and support of key programs. Wilson's cash flow
margin has remained above 15% in recent years, driven largely by a
trend of elevated but decreasing endowment draws in recent years
and federal relief funding in fiscal 2020. A more normalized draw
rate would result in margins closer to 10%, demonstrating a still
solid level of operating flexibility. Fitch considers capital
spending needs moderate in the context of consistent donor support
and the manageable level of capital investment needed to sustain
Wilson's unique program offerings following recent capital
investments.

Financial Profile: 'bb'

Thin Balance Sheet Resources

Wilson's 'bb' financial profile assessment reflects elevated
leverage relative to the college's moderately strong business
profile. AF levels have remained fairly steady in recent years,
averaging around $24 million, despite high levels of endowment
spending for operations and investment in facilities. Wilson's
balance sheet cushion is sensitive to economic and demand stress.
AF of $24 million generated an adequate cushion of 71% relative to
$34 million of adjusted debt in fiscal 2020. Forward-looking
balance sheet and demand volatility is reflected in Fitch's rating
case scenario analysis, which stresses Wilson's AF and financial
operations at levels consistent with Fitch's economic market
expectations over the intermediate term.

ASYMMETRIC ADDITIONAL RISK CONSIDERATIONS

No asymmetric additional risk considerations apply to Wilson's
rating.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Continued growth of student-generated revenues allowing
    diminished reliance on endowment draws;

-- Improved financial profile as demonstrated by sustained
    maintenance of AF to adjusted debt above 80%;

-- Consistent track record of sustainable endowment draws at or
    below 6%.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Weakening demand, as evidenced by material declines in
    enrollment or net tuition and fee revenue in fiscal 2022;

-- An increase in the college's endowment draw rate in fiscal
    2022;

-- Diminished operating cost management with cash flow margins
    declining below 10%.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Sovereigns, Public Finance
and Infrastructure issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario
(defined as the 99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in
a positive direction) of three notches over a three-year rating
horizon; and a worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative
direction) of three notches over three years. The complete span of
best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating
categories ranges from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario
credit ratings are based on historical performance.

CREDIT PROFILE

Wilson College, situated on 275 acres in Chambersburg, PA, was
founded as a women's college in 1869 by two Presbyterian ministers
with funds provided by Sarah Wilson. The college became
coeducational in fall 2013 and currently offers undergraduate
programs spanning 35 majors and 43 minors, as well as adult and
graduate programs. Wilson is accredited by the Middle States
Commission on Higher Education with additional recognition from the
accrediting bodies related to the college's various undergraduate
and graduate offerings.

Wilson College significantly reduced on-campus activity and housing
in spring 2020 in response to the coronavirus pandemic, and was
entirely remote throughout the summer and fall of fiscal 2021. As a
result, auxiliary revenues declined sharply, partially offset by
stable enrollment trends and increasing net tuition and fee growth.
The college also benefited from a $2.1 million Payroll Protection
Program loan from the Small Business Administration, which is
forgivable if the borrower maintains headcount fairly stable.
Wilson trimmed operating expenses in travel, athletics, housing,
and dining, but has held payroll fairly stable, supporting the
college expectations that the will be fully forgiven. Early
indicators for summer and fall 2021 suggest a return to near
pre-pandemic levels of student activity on campus.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


[^] BOOK REVIEW: Mentor X
-------------------------
The Life-Changing Power of Extraordinary Mentors
Author: Stephanie Wickouski
Publisher: Beard Books
Hard cover: 156 pages
ISBN: 978-1-58798-700-7
List Price: $24.75

Order this Book: https://is.gd/EIPwnq

Long-time bankruptcy lawyer Stephanie Wickouski at Bryan Cave
impressively tackles a soft problem of modern professionals in an
era of hard data and scientific intervention in her third published
book entitled Mentor X. In an age where employee productivity is
measured by artificial intelligence and resumes are prescreened by
computers, Stephanie Wickouski adds spirit and humanity to the
professional journey.

The title is disarmingly deceptive and book browsers could be
excused for assuming this work is just another in a long line of
homogeneous efforts on mentorship. Don't be fooled; Mentor X is
practical, articulate and lively. Most refreshingly, the book
acknowledges the most important element of human development: our
intuition.

Mrs. Wickouski starts by describing what a mentor is and
distinguishes that role from a teacher, coach, role model, buddy or
boss. Younger professionals may be skeptical of the need for a
mentor, but Mrs. Wickouski deftly disabuses that notion by relating
how a mentor may do nothing less than change the course of a
protege's life. Newbies to this genre need little convincing
afterwards.

One of the book's worthiest contributions is a definition of mentor
that will surprise most readers. Mentors are not teachers, the
latter of which impart practical knowledge. Instead, according to
Mrs. Wickouski, her mentors "showed me secrets that I could learn
nowhere else. They showed me how doors are opened. They showed me
how to be an agent of change and advance innovative and
controversial ideas." What ambitious professional doesn't want more
of that in their life?

The practicality of the book continues as Mrs. Wickouski outlines
the qualities to look for in a mentor and classifies the various
types of mentors, including bold mentors, charismatic mentors, cold
and distant mentors, dissolute mentors, personally bonded mentors,
younger mentors, and unexpected mentors. Mentor X includes charts
and workbooks which aid the reader in getting the most out of a
mentor relationship. In a later chapter, Mrs. Wickouski provides an
enormously helpful suggestion about adopting a mentor: keep an open
mind. Often, mentors will come in packages that differ from our
expectations. They may be outside of our profession, younger, less
educated, etc . . . but the world works in mysterious ways and Mrs.
Wickouski encourages readers to think about mentors broadly.  In
this modern era of heightened workplace ethics, Mrs. Wickouski
articulates the dark side of mentors. She warns about "dementors"
and "tormentors" -- false mentors providing dubious and sometimes
self-destructive advice, and those who abuse a mentor relationship
to further self-interested, malign ends, respectively. She
describes other mentor dysfunctions, namely boundary-crossing,
rivalry, corruption, and a few others. When a mentor manifests such
behaviors, Mrs. Wickouski counsels it's time to end the
relationship.

Mrs. Wickouski tells readers how to discern when the mentor
relationship is changing and when it is effectively over. Those
changes can be precipitated by romantic boundaries crossed,
emergence of rivalrous sentiment, or encouragement of unethical
behavior or corruption. Mrs. Wickouski aptly notes that once
insidious energies emerge, the mentorship is effectively over. At
this point, certain readers may say to themselves, "Okay, I've got
it. Now I can move on." Or, "My workplace has a formal mentorship
program. I don't need this book anymore." Or even, "Can't modern
technology handle my mentor needs, a Tinder of mentorship, so to
speak?"

Mrs. Wickouski refutes that notion. She analyzes how many mentoring
programs miss the mark. In one of the best passages in the book,
Mrs. Wickouski writes, "Assigning or brokering mentors negates the
most critical components of a true mentor–protege relationship:
the individual process of self-awareness which leads a person to
recognize another individual who will give the advice singularly
needed. That very process is undermined by having a mentor assigned
or by going to a mentoring party." She does not just criticize; she
offers a solution with three valuable tips for choosing the right
mentor and five qualities to ascertain a true mentor in the
unlimited sea of possibilities.

Next, Mrs. Wickouski distinguishes between good advice and bad
advice. She punctuates that discussion with many relevant and
relatable examples that are easy to read and colorfully enjoyable.
This section includes interviews with proteges who have had
successful mentorships. The punchline: in the best mentorships, the
parties harmoniously share personal beliefs and values. Also
important, the protege draws inspiration and motivation from the
mentor. The book winds down as usefully as it started: Mrs.
Wickouski interviews proteges, asking them what they would have
done differently with their mentors if they could turn back the
clock. A common thread seems to be that the proteges would have
gone deeper with their mentors -- they would have asked more
questions, spent more time, delved into their mentors' thinking in
greater depth.

The book wraps up lightly by sharing useful and practical
suggestions for maintenance of the mentor relationship. She answers
questions such as, "Do I invite my mentor to my wedding?" and "Who
pays for lunch?"

Mentor X is an enjoyable read and a useful book for any
professional in any industry at, frankly, any point in time.
Advanced individuals will learn much from the other side, i.e., how
to be more effective mentors. Mrs. Wickouski does a wonderful job
of encouraging use of that all knowing aspect of human existence
which never fails us: proper use of our intuition.

                         About The Author

Stephanie Wickouski is widely regarded as an innovator and
strategic advisor. A nationally recognized lawyer, she has been
named as one of the 12 Outstanding Restructuring Lawyers in the US
by Turnarounds & Workouts and as one of US News' Best Lawyers in
America. She is the author of two other books: Indenture Trustee
Bankruptcy Powers & Duties, an essential guide to the legal role of
the bond trustee, and Bankruptcy Crimes, an authoritative resource
on bankruptcy fraud. She also writes the Corporate Restructuring
blog.



                            *********

Monday's edition of the TCR delivers a list of indicative prices
for bond issues that reportedly trade well below par.  Prices are
obtained by TCR editors from a variety of outside sources during
the prior week we think are reliable.  Those sources may not,
however, be complete or accurate.  The Monday Bond Pricing table
is compiled on the Friday prior to publication.  Prices reported
are not intended to reflect actual trades.  Prices for actual
trades are probably different.  Our objective is to share
information, not make markets in publicly traded securities.
Nothing in the TCR constitutes an offer or solicitation to buy or
sell any security of any kind.  It is likely that some entity
affiliated with a TCR editor holds some position in the issuers
public debt and equity securities about which we report.

Each Tuesday edition of the TCR contains a list of companies with
insolvent balance sheets whose shares trade higher than $3 per
share in public markets.  At first glance, this list may look like
the definitive compilation of stocks that are ideal to sell short.
Don't be fooled.  Assets, for example, reported at historical cost
net of depreciation may understate the true value of a firm's
assets.  A company may establish reserves on its balance sheet for
liabilities that may never materialize.  The prices at which
equity securities trade in public market are determined by more
than a balance sheet solvency test.

On Thursdays, the TCR delivers a list of recently filed
Chapter 11 cases involving less than $1,000,000 in assets and
liabilities delivered to nation's bankruptcy courts.  The list
includes links to freely downloadable images of these small-dollar
petitions in Acrobat PDF format.

Each Friday's edition of the TCR includes a review about a book of
interest to troubled company professionals.  All titles are
available at your local bookstore or through Amazon.com.  Go to
http://www.bankrupt.com/books/to order any title today.

Monthly Operating Reports are summarized in every Saturday edition
of the TCR.

The Sunday TCR delivers securitization rating news from the week
then-ending.

TCR subscribers have free access to our on-line news archive.
Point your Web browser to http://TCRresources.bankrupt.com/and use
the e-mail address to which your TCR is delivered to login.

                            *********

S U B S C R I P T I O N   I N F O R M A T I O N

Troubled Company Reporter is a daily newsletter co-published
by Bankruptcy Creditors Service, Inc., Fairless Hills,
Pennsylvania, USA, and Beard Group, Inc., Washington, D.C., USA.
Jhonas Dampog, Marites Claro, Joy Agravante, Rousel Elaine
Tumanda, Valerie Udtuhan, Howard C. Tolentino, Carmel Paderog,
Meriam Fernandez, Joel Anthony G. Lopez, Cecil R. Villacampa,
Sheryl Joy P. Olano, Psyche A. Castillon, Ivy B. Magdadaro, Carlo
Fernandez, Christopher G. Patalinghug, and Peter A. Chapman, Editors.

Copyright 2021.  All rights reserved.  ISSN: 1520-9474.

This material is copyrighted and any commercial use, resale or
publication in any form (including e-mail forwarding, electronic
re-mailing and photocopying) is strictly prohibited without prior
written permission of the publishers.  Information contained
herein is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but is
not guaranteed.

The TCR subscription rate is $975 for 6 months delivered via
e-mail.  Additional e-mail subscriptions for members of the same
firm for the term of the initial subscription or balance thereof
are $25 each.  For subscription information, contact Peter A.
Chapman at 215-945-7000.

                   *** End of Transmission ***